TW202104455A - Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus - Google Patents

Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW202104455A
TW202104455A TW109107337A TW109107337A TW202104455A TW 202104455 A TW202104455 A TW 202104455A TW 109107337 A TW109107337 A TW 109107337A TW 109107337 A TW109107337 A TW 109107337A TW 202104455 A TW202104455 A TW 202104455A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
mass
coloring composition
compound
Prior art date
Application number
TW109107337A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
小泉宙夢
尾田和也
水野明夫
Original Assignee
日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商富士軟片股份有限公司
Publication of TW202104455A publication Critical patent/TW202104455A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/0008Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
    • C08K5/0041Optical brightening agents, organic pigments
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/315Compounds containing carbon-to-nitrogen triple bonds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/16Nitrogen-containing compounds
    • C08K5/34Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring
    • C08K5/3412Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen in the ring having one nitrogen atom in the ring
    • C08K5/3415Five-membered rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Paints Or Removers (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a coloring composition which contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a magenta dye, and a compound having a curable group, wherein the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contains a pigment A having a structure in which an aromatic ring group obtained by introducing an electron-donating group into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton; a cured film; a pattern forming method; a color filter; a solid-state image sensor; and an image display apparatus.

Description

著色組成物、硬化膜、圖案形成方法、濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

本發明有關一種包含二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料之著色組成物。又,本發明有關一種使用了著色組成物之硬化膜、圖案形成方法、濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。The present invention relates to a coloring composition containing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. In addition, the present invention relates to a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using a colored composition.

隨著數碼相機、帶有相機的行動電話等的普及,電荷耦合元件(CCD)影像感測器等固體攝像元件的需求大幅增加。作為顯示器或光學元件的核心裝置,使用濾色器。濾色器通常具備紅色、綠色及藍色的3原色的像素(著色圖案),並發揮將透射光分解成3原色之作用。濾色器使用包含顏料等色材之著色組成物來形成。又,在紅色的像素形成用著色組成物中使用二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料等作為色材。With the popularization of digital cameras and mobile phones with cameras, the demand for solid-state imaging devices such as charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensors has increased significantly. As a core device of a display or optical element, a color filter is used. The color filter usually has pixels (coloring patterns) of the three primary colors of red, green, and blue, and plays a role of decomposing the transmitted light into the three primary colors. The color filter is formed using a coloring composition containing color materials such as pigments. In addition, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment or the like is used as a color material in the coloring composition for forming a red pixel.

例如,在專利文獻1、專利文獻2的實施例中記載了一種著色組成物,該著色組成物使用了比色指數顏料紅254(下述結構式中的R1 及R2 為氯原子之化合物)、比色指數顏料紅264(下述結構式中的R1 及R2 為苯基之化合物)或下述結構式的R1 及R2 為溴原子之化合物作為二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。 [化學式1]

Figure 02_image001
For example, Examples in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a coloring composition that uses a color index pigment red 254 (compounds in which R 1 and R 2 in the following structural formula are chlorine atoms ), color index pigment red 264 (following structural formula, R 1 and R 2 is the phenyl group) or the following structural formula wherein R 1 and R 2 is a bromine atom as the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. [Chemical formula 1]
Figure 02_image001

[專利文獻1]日本特開2016-065115號公報 [專利文獻2]日本特開2017-066377號公報[Patent Document 1] JP 2016-065115 A [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-066377

近年來,對於濾色器等中所使用之硬化膜的特性的各種要求日益增加。作為該種要求特性之一,期望耐熱性的進一步提高。In recent years, various requirements for the characteristics of cured films used in color filters and the like have been increasing. As one of such required characteristics, further improvement in heat resistance is desired.

本發明人對專利文獻1、專利文獻2中所記載之著色組成物進行研究之結果,發現有進一步改善所獲得之硬化膜的耐熱性之餘地。The inventors of the present invention conducted research on the colored compositions described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, and found that there is room for further improvement in the heat resistance of the cured film obtained.

藉此,本發明的目的為,提供一種能夠形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜之著色組成物。又,本發明的目的為提供一種使用了該著色組成物之硬化膜、圖案形成方法、濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。Therefore, the object of the present invention is to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a cured film excellent in heat resistance. In addition, an object of the present invention is to provide a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using the colored composition.

本發明人進行深入研究之結果,發現能夠由後述的著色組成物實現上述目的,以完成本發明。藉此,本發明提供以下內容。 <1>一種著色組成物,係包含二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、洋紅色染料及具有硬化性基團之化合物, 二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料包含具有在芳香族環中導入有給電子基團之芳香族環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架上而成之結構之顏料A。 <2>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A所具有之上述給電子基團為選自羥基、烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳氧基及胺基中之至少1種。 <3>如<1>所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A所具有之上述給電子基團為碳數1~3的烷基。 <4>如<1>至<3>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A所具有之上述芳香族環基為由下述式(AR-1)表示之基團, [化學式2]

Figure 02_image003
式中,R1 表示取代基,R2 表示給電子基團,n表示0~4的整數,波線表示與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架的鍵結部位。 <5>如<1>至<4>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A為由下述式(1)表示之化合物, [化學式3]
Figure 02_image005
式中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示取代基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示給電子基團,n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。 <6>如<1>至<5>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A為由下述式(2)表示之化合物, [化學式4]
Figure 02_image007
式中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示取代基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示給電子基團,n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。 <7>如<1>至<6>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述顏料A為紅色顏料。 <8>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述洋紅色染料包含選自包括喹吖酮化合物、口山口星化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、花青化合物、蒽醌化合物及亞甲基二吡咯化合物之群組中之至少1種。 <9>如<1>至<7>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述洋紅色染料包含陽離子性花青發色團和醯亞胺陰離子的鹽。 <10>如<1>至<9>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中相對於100質量份的上述顏料A,包含1~50質量份的上述洋紅色染料。 <11>如<1>至<10>之任一項所述之著色組成物,係還包含黃色著色劑。 <12>如<1>至<11>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述具有硬化性基團之化合物包含具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物,上述著色組成物還包含光聚合起始劑。 <13>如<1>至<12>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述著色組成物的總固體成分中的上述顏料A的含量為40質量%以上。 <14>如<1>至<13>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料包含2種以上的上述顏料A。 <15>如<1>至<14>之任一項所述之著色組成物,其中上述二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料還包含除了上述顏料A以外的二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。 <16>如<1>至<15>之任一項所述之著色組成物,係用於固體攝像元件。 <17>如<1>至<16>之任一項所述之著色組成物,係用於濾色器。 <18>一種硬化膜,係由<1>至<17>之任一項所述之著色組成物獲得。 <19>一種圖案形成方法,其具有:使用<1>至<17>之任一項所述之著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之製程;及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法在著色組成物層上形成圖案之製程。 <20>一種濾色器,係具有<18>所述之硬化膜。 <21>一種固體攝像元件,係具有<18>所述之硬化膜。 <22>一種圖像顯示裝置,係具有<18>所述之硬化膜。As a result of intensive research, the inventors found that the above-mentioned object can be achieved by the coloring composition described later, thereby completing the present invention. In this way, the present invention provides the following. <1> A coloring composition comprising a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a magenta dye, and a compound having a hardening group, the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment includes an aromatic having an electron-donating group introduced into the aromatic ring The cyclic group is bonded to the structure of the pigment A of the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. <2> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the electron-donating group of the pigment A is selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, alkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, aryloxy and amino groups At least one. <3> The coloring composition according to <1>, wherein the electron-donating group of the pigment A is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. <4> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the aromatic ring group of the pigment A is a group represented by the following formula (AR-1), [ Chemical formula 2]
Figure 02_image003
In the formula, R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents an electron-donating group, n represents an integer from 0 to 4, and the wave line represents the bonding site to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. <5> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the pigment A is a compound represented by the following formula (1), [Chemical formula 3]
Figure 02_image005
In the formula, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a substituent, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an electron-donating group, and n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0-4. <6> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the pigment A is a compound represented by the following formula (2), [Chemical formula 4]
Figure 02_image007
In the formula, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a substituent, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an electron-donating group, and n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0-4. <7> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <6>, wherein the pigment A is a red pigment. <8> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the magenta dye is selected from the group consisting of quinacridone compounds, Kouyamaguchi star compounds, triarylmethane compounds, cyanine compounds, At least one of the group of anthraquinone compounds and methylene dipyrrole compounds. <9> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the magenta dye contains a cationic cyanine chromophore and a salt of an imine anion. <10> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the magenta dye is contained in an amount of 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A. <11> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, which further contains a yellow colorant. <12> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <11>, wherein the compound having a curable group includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the coloring composition further includes photopolymerization Initiator. <13> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <12>, wherein the content of the pigment A in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 40% by mass or more. <14> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <13>, wherein the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contains two or more kinds of the pigment A. <15> The coloring composition according to any one of <1> to <14>, wherein the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment further contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment other than the pigment A. <16> The colored composition according to any one of <1> to <15> is used in a solid-state imaging device. <17> The colored composition described in any one of <1> to <16> is used in a color filter. <18> A cured film obtained from the colored composition described in any one of <1> to <17>. <19> A pattern forming method comprising: a process of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition described in any one of <1> to <17>; and by photolithography or dry Etching is a process in which patterns are formed on the colored composition layer. <20> A color filter having the cured film described in <18>. <21> A solid-state imaging device having the cured film described in <18>. <22> An image display device having the cured film described in <18>.

依據本發明,能夠提供一種能夠形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜之著色組成物。又,本發明能夠提供一種使用了著色組成物之硬化膜、圖案形成方法、濾色器、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a coloring composition capable of forming a cured film excellent in heat resistance. Furthermore, the present invention can provide a cured film, a pattern forming method, a color filter, a solid-state imaging device, and an image display device using a colored composition.

以下,對本發明的內容進行詳細說明。 本說明書中,“~”係以將記載於其前後之數值作為下限值及上限值而包含之含義來使用。 本說明書中之基團(原子團)的標記中,未標有經取代及未經取代之標記包含不具有取代基之基團(原子團),並且亦包含具有取代基之基團(原子團)。例如,“烷基”不僅包含不具有取代基之烷基(未經取代之烷基),而且還包含具有取代基之烷基(經取代之烷基)。 本說明書中,“(甲基)丙烯酸酯”表示丙烯酸酯及丙烯酸甲酯兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯酸”表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,“(甲基)丙烯醯基”表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數平均分子量為藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析)法測量出的聚苯乙烯換算值。 本說明書中,顏料係指難以溶解於溶劑中的化合物。例如,顏料相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度及相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度均小於0.1g為較佳,0.01g以下為更佳。 本說明書中,染料係指容易溶解於溶劑中之化合物。例如,染料相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度或相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度係0.1g以上為較佳,1g以上為更佳。 本說明書中,總固體成分係指從組成物的所有成分中去除溶劑之成分的總質量。 本說明書中,“製程”這一用語,不僅包含獨立之製程,若即使在無法與其他製程明確地進行區分之情形下,亦發揮該製程的所期待的作用,則亦包含於本用語中。Hereinafter, the content of the present invention will be described in detail. In this specification, "~" is used in the meaning including the numerical value described before and after it as a lower limit and an upper limit. Among the labels of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, the labels that are not marked with substituted and unsubstituted include groups without substituents (atomic groups), and also include groups with substituents (atomic groups). For example, "alkyl" includes not only unsubstituted alkyl (unsubstituted alkyl) but also substituted alkyl (substituted alkyl). In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" means both or either of acrylate and methyl acrylate, "(meth)acrylic" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means both or either of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. ) "Acrylic group" means both or either of an acrylic group and a methacryl group. In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are polystyrene conversion values measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method. In this specification, a pigment refers to a compound that is difficult to dissolve in a solvent. For example, the solubility of the pigment with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. and the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. are preferably less than 0.1 g, and more preferably 0.01 g or less. In this specification, dyes refer to compounds that are easily soluble in solvents. For example, the solubility of the dye with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. or the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. is preferably 0.1 g or more, and more preferably 1 g or more. In this specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of all the components of the composition with the solvent removed. In this specification, the term "process" not only includes an independent process, but it is also included in this term if it plays the expected role of the process even when it cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes.

<著色組成物> 本發明的著色組成物的特徵為,包含二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、洋紅色染料及具有硬化性基團之化合物,二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料包含具有在芳香族環中導入有給電子基團之芳香族環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架上而成之結構之顏料A。<Coloring composition> The coloring composition of the present invention is characterized in that it contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a magenta dye, and a compound having a hardenable group, and the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment includes an aromatic having an electron-donating group introduced into an aromatic ring The pigment A of the structure formed by the group ring group bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.

藉由使用本發明的著色組成物,能夠形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜。又,通常趁於膜中的顏料濃度越高則耐熱性越容易下降的傾向,但是即使提高總固體成分中的上述顏料A的含量,本發明的著色組成物亦能夠形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜。雖然詳細的機制尚不明確,但是推測為:藉由同時使用顏料A和洋紅色染料,洋紅色染料吸附於顏料A表面上,藉此伴隨顏料A的加熱之結晶生長得到抑制,能夠形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜。By using the coloring composition of the present invention, a cured film having excellent heat resistance can be formed. In addition, generally, the higher the pigment concentration in the film, the more easily the heat resistance tends to decrease. However, even if the content of the pigment A in the total solid content is increased, the coloring composition of the present invention can form a cured film with excellent heat resistance. . Although the detailed mechanism is not clear, it is speculated that by using both pigment A and magenta dye, the magenta dye is adsorbed on the surface of pigment A, thereby suppressing the crystal growth accompanying the heating of pigment A, resulting in excellent heat resistance. The hardened film.

又,在使用紅色顏料作為顏料A之情形下,藉由同時使用顏料A和洋紅色染料,能夠提高波長500nm附近(例如,波長500~550nm)的光的遮蔽性,能夠形成適於具有與綠色、藍色等的顏色分離性優異的光譜特性之紅色像素之硬化膜。又,顏料A的紅色的色價高於以往的紅色顏料,因此即使為薄膜,亦能夠形成具有所期望的光譜特性之硬化膜。顏料A具有上述芳環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架上而成之結構,因此藉由HOMO(Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital:最高佔用分子軌域)-LUMO(Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital:最低未佔用分子軌域)躍遷延長,躍遷矩增加,其結果,推測為顏料A在紅色的波長區域(例如,450~600nm)中的莫耳消光係數ε增加,因此紅色的色價高。又,顏料A的紅色的色價高於以往的紅色顏料,因此能夠以少於為了實現與以往的紅色顏料相同的光譜特性而所需之摻合量的摻合量實現所期望的光譜,因此還能夠提高除了顏料以外的成分的摻合量,配方設計的自由度高。In addition, in the case of using a red pigment as the pigment A, by using both the pigment A and the magenta dye, the shielding properties of light near a wavelength of 500 nm (for example, a wavelength of 500 to 550 nm) can be improved, and it can be formed suitable for the combination of green, green, and green. A hardened film for red pixels with excellent spectral characteristics such as blue color separation. In addition, the color value of the red color of the pigment A is higher than that of the conventional red pigment, and therefore, even if it is a thin film, a cured film having desired spectral characteristics can be formed. Pigment A has a structure in which the above-mentioned aromatic ring group is bonded to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. Therefore, by HOMO (Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital: Highest Occupied Molecular Orbital)-LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital: Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital) The orbital) transition is prolonged and the transition moment increases. As a result, it is estimated that the molar extinction coefficient ε of the pigment A in the red wavelength region (for example, 450 to 600 nm) increases, and therefore the color price of red is high. In addition, the red color value of Pigment A is higher than that of conventional red pigments, so it is possible to achieve the desired spectrum with a blending amount less than the blending amount required to achieve the same spectral characteristics as conventional red pigments. The blending amount of components other than pigments can also be increased, and the degree of freedom in formulation design is high.

本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作固體攝像元件用著色組成物。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠較佳地用作濾色器用著色組成物。具體而言,能夠較佳地用作濾色器的像素形成用著色組成物,可更佳地用作紅色像素形成用著色組成物。又,本發明的著色組成物能夠更佳地用作固體攝像元件中所使用之濾色器的像素形成用著色組成物。The colored composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a colored composition for solid-state imaging devices. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can be suitably used as a coloring composition for color filters. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a pixel of a color filter, and can be more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a red pixel. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention can be more preferably used as a coloring composition for forming a pixel of a color filter used in a solid-state imaging device.

關於本發明的著色組成物,在製作乾燥後的膜厚為0.5~1.0μm的膜時,在前述膜厚中的至少1個中,波長650~700nm的光的透射率係85%以上為較佳,90%以上為更佳,95%以上為進一步較佳。又,在前述膜厚中的至少1個中,波長400~550nm的光的透射率係10%以下為較佳,5%以下為更佳,2%以下為進一步較佳。Regarding the coloring composition of the present invention, when a film with a film thickness of 0.5 to 1.0 μm after drying is produced, in at least one of the above-mentioned film thicknesses, the transmittance of light with a wavelength of 650 to 700 nm is 85% or more, which is relatively high. Preferably, more than 90% is more preferable, and more than 95% is even more preferable. In addition, in at least one of the aforementioned film thicknesses, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 400 to 550 nm is preferably 10% or less, more preferably 5% or less, and even more preferably 2% or less.

以下,對本發明的著色組成物中所使用之各成分進行說明。Hereinafter, each component used in the coloring composition of the present invention will be described.

<<二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料>> 本發明的著色組成物含有二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。本發明的著色組成物中所使用之二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料係紅色顏料為較佳。又,二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度及相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度均小於0.1g為較佳,0.01g以下為更佳。<<Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment. The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment-based red pigment used in the coloring composition of the present invention is preferred. In addition, the solubility of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. and the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. are preferably less than 0.1 g, and 0.01 g or less is more preferable.

(顏料A) 本發明的著色組成物含有具有在芳環中導入有給電子基團之芳環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架上而成之結構之顏料A(以下,稱為顏料A)作為二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。(Pigment A) The coloring composition of the present invention contains pigment A (hereinafter referred to as pigment A) having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group introduced into the aromatic ring is bonded to the skeleton of a diketopyrrolopyrrole as a diketopyrrole Pyrrole pigments.

給電子基團係指在有機電子論中藉由誘導效應或共振效應將電子供應到所取代之原子團之原子團。作為給電子基團,可舉出取負值作為哈米特方程的取代基常數(σp(對))者。哈米特方程的取代基常數(σp(對))能夠從化學手冊基礎編修訂第5版(II-380頁)中引用。作為給電子基團的具體例,可舉出羥基、烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳氧基及胺基。 烷基、烷氧基及烷硫基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~5為更佳,1~3為進一步較佳。該等基團可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為進一步較佳。 芳氧基的碳數係6~20為較佳,6~10為更佳。 作為胺基,可舉出由-NRa1 Ra2 表示之基團。Ra1 及Ra2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。Ra1 與Ra2 可以鍵結而形成環。Ra1 及Ra2 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。Ra1 及Ra2 所表示之芳基的碳數係6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。Ra1 及Ra2 所表示之雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。雜環基係單環或稠合數為2~4的稠環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數係3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。The electron-donating group refers to the atomic group that supplies electrons to the substituted atomic group through the induction effect or the resonance effect in the theory of organic electrons. As the electron donating group, one that takes a negative value as the substituent constant (σp (pair)) of the Hammett equation can be cited. The substituent constant (σp (pair)) of the Hammett equation can be quoted from the fifth edition of the Basic Edition of the Chemistry Handbook (page II-380). Specific examples of the electron-donating group include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryloxy group, and an amino group. The alkyl group, alkoxy group, and alkylthio group preferably have a carbon number of 1-10, more preferably 1-5, and still more preferably 1-3. These groups can be any one of straight chain, branched chain and cyclic chain, straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is further preferred. The carbon number of the aryloxy group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-10. Examples of the amine group include groups represented by -NRa 1 Ra 2. Ra 1 and Ra 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be bonded to form a ring. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The heterocyclic group represented by Ra 1 and Ra 2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensed number of 2 to 4. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number system of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12.

作為給電子基團,就容易更顯著地獲得本發明的效果之理由而言,烷基、烷氧基、胺基為較佳,除了上述理由以外,還就容易調節為適於紅色之光譜特性之理由而言,烷基、烷氧基為更佳,烷基為進一步較佳,碳數1~3的烷基為特佳。As the electron-donating group, alkyl, alkoxy, and amine groups are preferred for the reason that the effects of the present invention are easily obtained more significantly. In addition to the above reasons, it is also easy to adjust to the spectral characteristics of red. For the reason, an alkyl group and an alkoxy group are more preferable, an alkyl group is more preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbons is particularly preferable.

作為上述芳環基,由式(AR-1)表示之基團為較佳。 [化學式5]

Figure 02_image009
式中,R1 表示取代基,R2 表示給電子基團,n表示0~4的整數,波線表示與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架的鍵結部位。As the above-mentioned aromatic ring group, a group represented by the formula (AR-1) is preferred. [Chemical formula 5]
Figure 02_image009
In the formula, R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents an electron-donating group, n represents an integer from 0 to 4, and the wave line represents the bonding site to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.

式(AR-1)中,作為R1 所表示之取代基,可舉出在後述之取代基T中列舉之基團及上述之給電子基團,給電子基團為較佳。在n為2以上之情形下,n個R1 可以相同,亦可以各自不同。In the formula (AR-1), as the substituent represented by R 1 , the groups exemplified in the substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron-donating group are exemplified, and the electron-donating group is preferred. When n is 2 or more, n pieces of R 1 may be the same or different from each other.

式(AR-1)中,作為R2 所表示之給電子基團,可舉出上述之給電子基團,較佳的範圍亦相同。In the formula (AR-1), the electron-donating group represented by R 2 includes the electron-donating group described above, and the preferred range is also the same.

式(AR-1)中,n表示0~4的整數,0~3的整數為較佳,0~2的整數為更佳,0或1為進一步較佳,1為特佳。In formula (AR-1), n represents an integer of 0-4, an integer of 0-3 is preferred, an integer of 0-2 is more preferred, 0 or 1 is more preferred, and 1 is particularly preferred.

式(AR-1)中,波線表示與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架的鍵結部位。另外,二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架係指以下結構。波線表示與由式(AR-1)表示之基團等取代基的鍵結位置。作為除了由式(AR-1)表示之基團以外的取代基,可舉出芳基等。芳基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出在後述之取代基T中列舉之基團。 [化學式6]

Figure 02_image011
In the formula (AR-1), the wave line represents the bonding site to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. In addition, the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton refers to the following structure. The wave line indicates the bonding position with the substituent such as the group represented by the formula (AR-1). As a substituent other than the group represented by formula (AR-1), an aryl group etc. are mentioned. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the groups listed in the substituent T described later. [Chemical formula 6]
Figure 02_image011

顏料A係由下述式(1)表示之化合物為較佳,就容易獲得更優異的耐熱性之理由而言,由下述式(2)表示之化合物為更佳。 [化學式7]

Figure 02_image013
The pigment A is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1), and the compound represented by the following formula (2) is more preferable for the reason that more excellent heat resistance is easily obtained. [Chemical formula 7]
Figure 02_image013

上述式中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示取代基, R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示給電子基團, n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。In the above formula, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a substituent, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an electron-donating group, and n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0-4.

作為R11 及R12 所表示之取代基,可舉出在後述之取代基T中列舉之基團及上述之給電子基團,給電子基團為較佳。在n11為2以上之情形下,n11個R11 可以相同,亦可以各自不同。又,在n12為2以上之情形下,n12個R12 可以相同,亦可以各自不同。Examples of the substituent represented by R 11 and R 12 include the groups exemplified in the substituent T described later and the above-mentioned electron-donating group, and the electron-donating group is preferred. When n11 is 2 or more, n11 R 11 may be the same or different from each other. In addition, when n12 is 2 or more, n12 pieces of R 12 may be the same or different from each other.

作為R21 及R22 所表示之給電子基團,可舉出上述之給電子基團,較佳的範圍亦相同。Examples of the electron-donating groups represented by R 21 and R 22 include the above-mentioned electron-donating groups, and the preferred ranges are also the same.

n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數,0~3的整數為較佳,0~2的整數為更佳,0或1為進一步較佳,1為特佳。n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer from 0 to 4, an integer from 0 to 3 is preferred, an integer from 0 to 2 is more preferred, 0 or 1 is more preferred, and 1 is particularly preferred.

(取代基T) 作為取代基T,可舉出鹵素原子、氰基、硝基、烷基、芳基、雜環基、-ORt1 、-CORt1 、-COORt1 、-OCORt1 、-NRt1 Rt2 、-NHCORt1 、-CONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCONRt1 Rt2 、-NHCOORt1 、-SRt1 、-SO2 Rt1 、-SO2 ORt1 、-NHSO2 Rt1 或-SO2 NRt1 Rt2 。Rt1 及Rt2 分別獨立地表示氫原子、烷基、芳基或雜環基。Rt1 與Rt2 可以鍵結而形成環。(Substituent T) Examples of the substituent T include halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, alkyl group, aryl group, heterocyclic group, -ORt 1 , -CORt 1 , -COORt 1 , -OCORt 1 , -NRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCORt 1 , -CONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCONRt 1 Rt 2 , -NHCOORt 1 , -SRt 1 , -SO 2 Rt 1 , -SO 2 ORt 1 , -NHSO 2 Rt 1 or -SO 2 NRt 1 Rt 2 . Rt 1 and Rt 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heterocyclic group. Rt 1 and Rt 2 may be bonded to form a ring.

作為鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 烷基的碳數係1~30為較佳,1~15為更佳,1~8為進一步較佳。烷基可以為直鏈、支鏈、環狀中的任一種,直鏈或支鏈為較佳,直鏈為更佳。 芳基的碳數為6~30為較佳,6~20為更佳,6~12為進一步較佳。 雜環基可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。雜環基係單環或稠合數為2~4的稠環為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子的數係1~3為較佳。構成雜環基的環之雜原子係氮原子、氧原子或硫原子為較佳。構成雜環基的環之碳原子的數係3~30為較佳,3~18為更佳,3~12為更佳。 烷基、芳基及雜環基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出上述取代基T中說明之取代基。Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-15, and still more preferably 1-8. The alkyl group may be any of straight chain, branched chain, and cyclic, and straight chain or branched chain is preferred, and straight chain is more preferred. The carbon number of the aryl group is preferably 6-30, more preferably 6-20, and still more preferably 6-12. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring having a condensed number of 2 to 4. The number system of the heteroatom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 3. The hetero atom constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. The number system of carbon atoms constituting the heterocyclic group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-18, and still more preferably 3-12. The alkyl group, aryl group, and heterocyclic group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described in the above-mentioned substituent T.

作為顏料A的具體例,可舉出下述結構的化合物。 [化學式8]

Figure 02_image015
As a specific example of the pigment A, the compound of the following structure can be mentioned. [Chemical formula 8]
Figure 02_image015

本發明的著色組成物中所使用之二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料可以僅包含1種顏料A,亦可以包含2種以上。在僅包含1種顏料A之情形下,容易形成顏色不均少的硬化膜。在包含2種以上的顏料A之情形下,容易調節硬化膜的光譜特性。The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment used in the coloring composition of the present invention may include only one type of pigment A, or may include two or more types. When only one type of pigment A is contained, it is easy to form a cured film with less color unevenness. When two or more kinds of pigment A are contained, it is easy to adjust the spectral characteristics of the cured film.

本發明中所使用之顏料A係紅色顏料為較佳。藉由同時使用作為紅色顏料之顏料A和洋紅色染料,能夠形成耐熱性優異且適於具有與綠色、藍色等的顏色分離性優異的光譜特性之紅色像素之硬化膜。The pigment A-based red pigment used in the present invention is preferred. By using both pigment A as a red pigment and a magenta dye, it is possible to form a cured film that is excellent in heat resistance and suitable for red pixels having spectral characteristics excellent in color separation from green and blue.

(其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料) 本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有除了上述之顏料A以外的二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料(以下,還稱為其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料)。其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料係紅色顏料為較佳。作為其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料,可舉出由下述式(10)表示之化合物等。 [化學式9]

Figure 02_image017
(Other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments) The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments other than the aforementioned pigment A (hereinafter, also referred to as other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments). Other diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigments are preferred. As another diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, the compound etc. which are represented by following formula (10) are mentioned. [Chemical formula 9]
Figure 02_image017

式中,R31 及R32 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或苯基。作為R31 及R32 所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子等。In the formula, R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a phenyl group. Examples of the halogen atom represented by R 31 and R 32 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, and a bromine atom.

又,作為其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料,還能夠使用日本特開2017-201384號公報中所記載之結構中至少1個溴原子被取代之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、日本專利第6248838號的段落號0016~0022中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/102399號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物、國際公開第2012/117965號中所記載之二酮吡咯并吡咯化合物等。In addition, as other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, it is also possible to use the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound in which at least one bromine atom is substituted in the structure described in JP 2017-201384 A, the paragraph of Japanese Patent No. 6248838 The diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in Nos. 0016 to 0022, the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/102399, and the diketopyrrolopyrrole compound described in International Publication No. 2012/117965 Wait.

作為其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料的具體例,可舉出以下化合物。 [化學式10]

Figure 02_image019
Specific examples of other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include the following compounds. [Chemical formula 10]
Figure 02_image019

在著色組成物的總固體成分中,顏料A的含量係35質量%以上為較佳,40質量%以上為更佳,45質量%以上為進一步較佳,50質量%以上為更進一步較佳。上限能夠設為80質量%以下。In the total solid content of the coloring composition, the content of the pigment A is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 45% by mass or more, and even more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit can be made 80% by mass or less.

著色組成物中所含之二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料可以實質上僅係顏料A,還可以包含其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。在二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料實質上僅係顏料A之情形下,容易形成顏色不均少的硬化膜。另外,二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料實質上僅係顏料A之情形,係指著色組成物中所含之二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料的總質量中的顏料A的比例為99質量%以上,99.5質量%以上為較佳,99.9質量%以上為進一步較佳,僅由顏料A構成為特佳。又,在二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料除了顏料A以外還包含其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料之情形下,容易調節硬化膜的光譜特性。在同時使用顏料A和其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料之情形下,相對於100質量份的顏料A,其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料的含量係0.1~50質量份為較佳,1~35質量份為更佳,5~20質量份為進一步較佳。The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contained in the coloring composition may be substantially only pigment A, and may also include other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments. When the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is essentially only pigment A, it is easy to form a cured film with less color unevenness. In addition, when the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is essentially only pigment A, it means that the proportion of pigment A in the total mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contained in the coloring composition is 99% by mass or more, 99.5% by mass The above is preferable, 99.9 mass% or more is more preferable, and it is especially preferable to consist of pigment A only. Moreover, when the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contains other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in addition to the pigment A, it is easy to adjust the spectral characteristics of the cured film. In the case of using pigment A and other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments at the same time, relative to 100 parts by mass of pigment A, the content of other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments is preferably 0.1-50 parts by mass, 1 to 35 parts by mass It is more preferable, and 5 to 20 parts by mass is still more preferable.

在著色組成物的總固體成分中,二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料(在除了顏料A以外還包含其他二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料之情形下為該等的總量)的含量係25質量%以上為較佳,30質量%以上為更佳,35質量%以上為進一步較佳,40質量%以上為更進一步較佳。上限能夠設為80質量%以下。In the total solid content of the coloring composition, the content of the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment (in the case of including other diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments in addition to pigment A, the total amount of these) is 25% by mass or more. Preferably, it is more preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 35% by mass or more, and even more preferably 40% by mass or more. The upper limit can be made 80% by mass or less.

<<洋紅色染料>> 本發明的著色組成物含有洋紅色染料。在此,本說明書中,洋紅色係指綠色的補充色的色相。又,補充色係指在色環(color circle)中位於完全相反處之關係的顏色的組合。又,洋紅色染料係指呈洋紅色的色相之染料。<<Magenta dye>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a magenta dye. Here, in this specification, magenta refers to the hue of the complementary color of green. In addition, the complementary color refers to a combination of colors that are located in completely opposite relationships in the color circle. In addition, magenta dye refers to a dye with a magenta hue.

作為本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料,可舉出綠色波長的光的吸光度高且紅色及藍色波長的光的吸光度低的染料,波長500~550nm的範圍內的光的吸光度高且波長400~480nm的範圍內的光的吸光度和波長600~700nm的範圍內的光的吸光度低的染料為較佳。Examples of the magenta dye used in the present invention include dyes with high absorbance of green wavelength light and low absorbance of red and blue wavelengths, and high absorbance of light in the range of 500 to 550 nm with a wavelength of 400. A dye having a low absorbance of light in the range of -480 nm and a low absorbance of light in the range of wavelength of 600 to 700 nm is preferable.

本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料中,由下述式(1)表示之Δλ係150nm以下為較佳,100nm以下為更佳,50nm以下為進一步較佳。Among the magenta dyes used in the present invention, the Δλ system represented by the following formula (1) is preferably 150 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and more preferably 50 nm or less.

Δλ=λ2-λ1   (1) 式中,λ1為在將洋紅色染料的極大吸收波長的吸光度設為1之情形下比吸光度成為0.5之極大吸收波長短的波長側的波長,λ2為在將洋紅色染料的極大吸收波長的吸光度設為1之情形下比吸光度成為0.5之極大吸收波長長的波長側的波長。Δλ=λ2-λ1 (1) In the formula, λ1 is the wavelength on the shorter wavelength side than the maximum absorption wavelength where the absorbance becomes 0.5 when the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength of the magenta dye is set to 1, and λ2 is the absorbance at the maximum absorption wavelength of the magenta dye When it is set to 1, the wavelength on the longer wavelength side than the maximum absorption wavelength at which the absorbance becomes 0.5.

洋紅色染料的極大吸收波長在波長450~600nm的範圍內具有為較佳,在475~575nm的範圍內具有為更佳,在500~550nm的範圍內具有為進一步較佳。The maximum absorption wavelength of the magenta dye is preferably in the range of 450 to 600 nm, more preferably in the range of 475 to 575 nm, and more preferably in the range of 500 to 550 nm.

本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料中,波長400~480nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最大值A1與波長500~550nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最小值A2之比(A1/A2)係0.2~0.8為較佳,0.3~0.7為更佳,0.4~0.6為進一步較佳。又,洋紅色染料中,波長600~700nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最大值A3與波長500~550nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最小值A2之比(A3/A2)係0.3以下為較佳,0.2以下為更佳,0.1以下為進一步較佳。又,洋紅色染料中,波長600~700nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最大值A3與波長400~480nm的範圍內的光的吸光度的最大值A1之比(A3/A1)係0.1以下為較佳,0.03以下為更佳,0.02以下為進一步較佳。In the magenta dye used in the present invention, the ratio (A1/A2) of the maximum value A1 of the absorbance of light in the wavelength range of 400 to 480 nm to the minimum value A2 of the absorbance of light in the wavelength range of 500 to 550 nm is the ratio (A1/A2) 0.2-0.8 is preferable, 0.3-0.7 is more preferable, 0.4-0.6 is still more preferable. In addition, in the magenta dye, the ratio of the maximum value A3 of the absorbance of light in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm to the minimum value A2 of the absorbance of light in the range of 500 to 550 nm (A3/A2) is 0.3 or less. Preferably, 0.2 or less is more preferable, and 0.1 or less is still more preferable. In addition, in the magenta dye, the ratio of the maximum value A3 of the absorbance of light in the wavelength range of 600 to 700 nm to the maximum value A1 of the absorbance of light in the range of 400 to 480 nm (A3/A1) is 0.1 or less. Preferably, 0.03 or less is more preferable, and 0.02 or less is still more preferable.

本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料中,波長440nm的光的吸光度A440 與波長525nm的光的吸光度A525 之比(A440 /A525 )係0.001~0.15為較佳,0.005~0.10為更佳,0.01~0.05為進一步較佳。又,洋紅色染料中,波長650nm的光的吸光度A650 與波長525nm的光的吸光度A525 之比(A650 /A525 )係0.2以下為較佳,0.1以下為更佳,0.05以下為進一步較佳。又,洋紅色染料中,波長650nm的光的吸光度A650 與波長440nm的光的吸光度A440 之比(A650 /A440 )係0.1以下為較佳,0.03以下為更佳,0.02以下為進一步較佳。In the magenta dye used in the present invention, the ratio of the absorbance A 440 of light with a wavelength of 440 nm to the absorbance A 525 of light with a wavelength of 525 nm (A 440 /A 525 ) is preferably 0.001 to 0.15, and more preferably 0.005 to 0.10 Preferably, 0.01 to 0.05 is more preferable. Also, in the magenta dye, the ratio of the absorbance A 650 of light with a wavelength of 650 nm to the absorbance A 525 of light with a wavelength of 525 nm (A 650 /A 525 ) is preferably 0.2 or less, more preferably 0.1 or less, and more preferably 0.05 or less Better. In addition, in the magenta dye, the ratio of the absorbance A 650 of light with a wavelength of 650 nm to the absorbance A 440 of light with a wavelength of 440 nm (A 650 /A 440 ) is preferably 0.1 or less, more preferably 0.03 or less, and more preferably 0.02 or less Better.

關於洋紅色染料的吸光度及極大吸收波長,能夠藉由使用包含洋紅色染料和樹脂之組成物形成膜並使用分光光度計測量膜的光譜特性之方法、將洋紅色染料溶解於溶劑中而製備染料溶液並使用分光光度計測量染料溶液的光譜特性之方法進行測量。Regarding the absorbance and maximum absorption wavelength of the magenta dye, the dye can be prepared by forming a film with a composition containing magenta dye and resin and measuring the spectral characteristics of the film with a spectrophotometer. The dye can be prepared by dissolving the magenta dye in a solvent. Solution and use a spectrophotometer to measure the spectral characteristics of the dye solution.

本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度或相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度係0.1g以上為較佳,1g以上為更佳。The solubility of the magenta dye used in the present invention with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. or the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. is preferably 0.1 g or more, and more preferably 1 g or more.

本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料包含選自包括喹吖酮化合物、口山口星化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、花青化合物、蒽醌化合物及亞甲基二吡咯化合物之群組中之至少1種為較佳,包含選自包括口山口星化合物及花青化合物之群組中之至少1種為更佳,包含花青化合物為進一步較佳。又,作為花青化合物,陽離子性花青發色團和相對陰離子的鹽為較佳。The magenta dye used in the present invention includes at least one selected from the group consisting of quinacridone compounds, kouyamakou star compounds, triarylmethane compounds, cyanine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and methylene dipyrrole compounds Preferably, it is more preferable to include at least one selected from the group consisting of Kouyamakou star compounds and cyanine compounds, and it is even more preferable to include cyanine compounds. In addition, as the cyanine compound, a cationic cyanine chromophore and a relatively anionic salt are preferable.

(陽離子性花青發色團) 作為陽離子性花青發色團,可舉出由下述式(Cy1)表示之結構。(Cationic cyanine chromophore) Examples of the cationic cyanine chromophore include a structure represented by the following formula (Cy1).

[化學式11]

Figure 02_image021
[Chemical formula 11]
Figure 02_image021

式(Cy1)中,Rc1 ~Rc3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烴基,環Z1 及環Z2 分別獨立地表示雜環,p表示1或2。其中,在p為2時,存在複數個之Rc1 及Rc2 可以相同,亦可以不同。In formula (Cy1), R c1 to R c3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a hydrocarbon group, ring Z 1 and ring Z 2 each independently represent a heterocyclic ring, and p represents 1 or 2. Wherein, when p is 2, there are a plurality of R c1 and R c2 which may be the same or different.

環Z1 及環Z2 所表示之雜環可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。雜環可以為不飽和環,亦可以為飽和環。又,稠環中,可以在環內具有相同種類或不同種類的2種以上的雜原子(例如,氮原子、氧原子、硫原子)。作為雜環的具體例,能夠舉出吡咯啶環、吡唑啉環、嗎啉環、硫嗎啉環、哌啶環、哌𠯤環、高哌𠯤環、四氫嘧啶環等含氮脂環式雜環、吡啶環、吡𠯤環、嘧啶環、嗒𠯤環、喹啉環、異喹啉環、呔𠯤環、喹㗁啉環、咪唑環、吡唑環、三唑環、四唑環、噻唑環、苯并噻唑環、㗁唑環、吲哚環、吲唑環、苯并咪唑環、苯并㗁唑、鄰苯二甲醯亞胺環等含氮芳香族雜環、噻吩環、呋喃環、嘌呤環等其他芳香族雜環。其中,含氮芳香族雜環為較佳,吲哚環、苯并㗁唑環、苯并噻唑環為更佳,吲哚環為進一步較佳。The heterocyclic ring represented by the ring Z 1 and the ring Z 2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic ring may be an unsaturated ring or a saturated ring. In addition, in the condensed ring, two or more types of heteroatoms (for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom) of the same type or different types may be contained in the ring. Specific examples of heterocyclic rings include nitrogen-containing alicyclic rings such as pyrrolidine ring, pyrazoline ring, morpholine ring, thiomorpholine ring, piperidine ring, piperidine ring, homopiperidyl ring, and tetrahydropyrimidine ring. Formula heterocyclic ring, pyridine ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring, pyrimidine ring, quinoline ring, isoquinoline ring, quinoline ring, quinoline ring, imidazole ring, pyrazole ring, triazole ring, tetrazole ring , Thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, azole ring, indole ring, indazole ring, benzimidazole ring, benzoxazole, phthalimide ring and other nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycles, thiophene ring, Furan ring, purine ring and other aromatic heterocycles. Among them, a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferred, an indole ring, a benzoxazole ring, and a benzothiazole ring are more preferred, and an indole ring is even more preferred.

p表示1或2,1為較佳。p represents 1 or 2, and 1 is preferred.

作為Rc1 ~Rc3 所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。 作為Rc1 ~Rc3 所表示之烴基,能夠舉出脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基。在此,本說明書中,“脂環式烴基”係指除了不具有環狀結構之脂肪族烴基以外的概念。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by R c1 to R c3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Examples of the hydrocarbon groups represented by R c1 to R c3 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. Here, in this specification, the "alicyclic hydrocarbon group" refers to a concept other than an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that does not have a cyclic structure.

作為脂肪族烴基,可以為飽和,亦可以為不飽和,例如,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烯基、炔基。脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20,進一步較佳為1~12。作為直鏈或支鏈的烷基的具體例,例如,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十一基、1-甲基癸基、十二烷基、1-甲基十一基、1-乙基癸基、三癸基、四癸基、第三-十二烷基、十五烷基、1-庚基辛基、十六烷基、十八烷基等。作為直鏈或支鏈的烯基的具體例,可舉出乙烯基、1-丙烯基、2-丙烯基、1-丁烯基、2-丁烯基、1,3-丁二烯基、1-戊烯基、2-戊烯基、1-己烯基、2-乙基-2-丁烯基、2-辛烯基、(4-乙烯基)-5-己烯基、2-癸烯基等。又,作為直鏈或支鏈的炔基的具體例,可舉出乙炔基、1-丙炔基、1-丁炔基、1-戊炔基、3-戊炔基、1-己炔基、2-乙基-2-丁炔基、2-辛炔基、(4-乙炔基)-5-己炔基、2-癸炔基等。The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be saturated or unsaturated, and examples thereof include linear or branched alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, and alkynyl groups. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-12. As specific examples of linear or branched alkyl groups, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, hexyl, Heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, undecyl, 1-methyldecyl, dodecyl, 1-methylundecyl, 1-ethyldecyl, tridecyl, tetradecyl , Tertiary dodecyl, pentadecyl, 1-heptyloctyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, etc. Specific examples of linear or branched alkenyl groups include vinyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, 1,3-butadienyl, 1-pentenyl, 2-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 2-ethyl-2-butenyl, 2-octenyl, (4-vinyl)-5-hexenyl, 2- Decenyl and others. In addition, specific examples of linear or branched alkynyl groups include ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 3-pentynyl, and 1-hexynyl. , 2-ethyl-2-butynyl, 2-octynyl, (4-ethynyl)-5-hexynyl, 2-decynyl, etc.

作為脂環式烴基,例如,可舉出環狀的烷基(環烷基)、環狀的烯基(環烯基)、稠合多環烴基、橋環烴基、螺環烴基、環狀萜烴基等。脂環式烴基的碳數較佳為3~30,更佳為3~20,進一步較佳為3~12。作為環烷基的具體例,可舉出環丙基、環丁基、環戊基、環己基、第三丁基環己基、環庚基、環辛基等,作為環烯基的具體例,可舉出1-環己烯基等。作為稠合多環烴基的具體例,可舉出三環癸基、十氫-2-萘基、金剛烷基等。作為橋環烴基的具體例,可舉出三環[5.2.1.02,6 ]癸烷-8-基、五環十五烷基、異莰基、二環戊烯基、三環戊烯基等。作為螺環烴基的具體例,可舉出從螺環[3,4]庚烷、螺環[3,4]辛烷中去除1個氫原子而得之1價的基團等。作為環狀萜烴基的具體例,可舉出從對蓋烷、蒎烷、蒈烷等中去除1個氫原子而得之1價的基團等。Examples of alicyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclic alkyl groups (cycloalkyl groups), cyclic alkenyl groups (cycloalkenyl groups), condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon groups, bridged cyclic hydrocarbon groups, spirocyclic hydrocarbon groups, and cyclic terpene groups. Hydrocarbyl etc. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-20, and still more preferably 3-12. Specific examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, tert-butylcyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, etc. As specific examples of cycloalkenyl groups, Examples include 1-cyclohexenyl and the like. Specific examples of the condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon group include tricyclodecyl, decahydro-2-naphthyl, adamantyl and the like. Specific examples of the bridged cyclic hydrocarbon group include tricyclo[5.2.1.0 2,6 ]decane-8-yl, pentacyclopentadecyl, isobornyl, dicyclopentenyl, and tricyclopentenyl Wait. As a specific example of a spirocyclic hydrocarbon group, the monovalent group etc. which removed one hydrogen atom from a spirocyclic [3,4] heptane and a spirocyclic [3,4] octane, etc. are mentioned. Specific examples of the cyclic terpene hydrocarbon group include monovalent groups obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from p-telane, pinane, carane, and the like.

作為芳香族烴基,例如,能夠舉出芳基等。芳香族烴基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~14,進一步較佳為6~10。As an aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group etc. can be mentioned, for example. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-14, and still more preferably 6-10.

Rc1 ~Rc3 係氫原子為較佳。R c1 to R c3 are preferably hydrogen atoms.

環Z1 及環Z2 所表示之雜環及Rc1 ~Rc3 所表示之烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出鹵素原子、羥基、氰基、甲醯基、羧基、硝基、胺基、二烷基胺基、二芳基胺基、烷氧基、芳氧基、烷氧基羰基、烷硫基、芳硫基、三烷基甲矽烷基、巰基、烯丙基、烷基磺醯基、烷基胺磺醯基、脂肪族烴基、雜環基、芳香族烴基及具有交聯性基團之有機基等。該等取代基還可以具有取代基。The heterocyclic ring represented by ring Z 1 and ring Z 2 and the hydrocarbon group represented by R c1 to R c3 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, a dialkylamino group, a diarylamino group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, and an alkoxy group. Carbonyl, alkylthio, arylthio, trialkylsilyl, mercapto, allyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkylsulfonamide, aliphatic hydrocarbon group, heterocyclic group, aromatic hydrocarbon group and other Organic groups such as linking groups. These substituents may further have a substituent.

具有交聯性基團之有機基表示由原子團構成之基團,該原子團包含交聯性基團,在整體上包含碳原子-氫原子鍵,且依據需要還可以包含除了碳以外的原子。具體而言,可舉出由下述式(P-1)表示之基團。 -Lp1 -Rp1 ……(P-1) 式中,Lp1 表示單鍵或連接基,Rp1 表示交聯性基團。作為Lp1 所表示之連接基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基、-O-、-CO-、-NH-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-、-NHCO-及將該等組合而成之基團。作為Rp1 所表示之交聯性基團,可舉出(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基等。The organic group having a crosslinkable group means a group composed of an atomic group, which includes a crosslinkable group, contains a carbon atom-hydrogen atom bond as a whole, and may contain atoms other than carbon as necessary. Specifically, the group represented by the following formula (P-1) can be mentioned. -L p1 -R p1 ... (P-1) In the formula, L p1 represents a single bond or a linking group, and R p1 represents a crosslinkable group. Examples of the linking group represented by L p1 include alkylene, aryl, -O-, -CO-, -NH-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH-, -NHCO- and the Groups such as combinations. Examples of the crosslinkable group represented by R p1 include (meth)acrylic groups, vinyl groups, epoxy groups, isocyanate groups, and the like.

由式(Cy1)表示之結構係由下述式(Cy2)表示之結構為較佳。The structure represented by the formula (Cy1) is preferably the structure represented by the following formula (Cy2).

[化學式12]

Figure 02_image023
[Chemical formula 12]
Figure 02_image023

式(Cy2)中,Rc1 ~Rc3 分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子或烴基,環Z1A 及環Z2A 分別獨立地表示芳香族烴環,T1 及T2 分別獨立地表示-O-、-S-或-CRc6 Rc7 -,Rc4 ~Rc7 分別獨立地表示烴基。In the formula (Cy2), R c1 to R c3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a hydrocarbon group, ring Z 1A and ring Z 2A each independently represent an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and T 1 and T 2 each independently represent -O -, -S- or -CR c6 R c7 -, R c4 to R c7 each independently represent a hydrocarbon group.

作為環Z1A 及環Z2A 所表示之芳香族烴環,碳數6~20的芳香族烴環為較佳,碳數6~10的芳香族烴環為更佳,苯環為特佳。As the aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by the ring Z 1A and the ring Z 2A , an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred, and a benzene ring is particularly preferred.

式(Cy2)的Rc1 ~Rc3 與式(Cy1)的Rc1 ~Rc3 含義相同,且較佳範圍亦相同。The same meaning as R c1 ~ R c3 and R c1 ~ R c3 formula (Cy1) of formula (Cy2), and preferred ranges are also the same.

式(Cy2)的T1 及T2 係-O-、-CRc6 Rc7 -為較佳。作為Rc6 及Rc7 所表示之烴基,脂肪族烴基為較佳,直鏈或支鏈的烷基為更佳,碳數1~8的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為進一步較佳,碳數1~4的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為更進一步較佳,甲基或乙基為特佳。It is preferable that T 1 and T 2 of formula (Cy2) are -O-, -CR c6 R c7 -. As the hydrocarbon group represented by R c6 and R c7 , an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferred, a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is more preferred. A linear or branched alkyl group having a number of 1 to 4 is more preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is particularly preferable.

作為Rc4 及Rc5 所表示之烴基,可舉出脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基。作為具體例,能夠舉出與例示為Rc1 ~Rc3 所表示之烴基者相同者。其中,作為Rc4 及Rc5 所表示之烴基,脂肪族烴基為較佳,直鏈或支鏈的烷基為更佳,碳數1~12的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為進一步較佳,碳數1~8的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為更進一步較佳,碳數1~6的直鏈或支鏈的烷基為特佳。 Examples of the hydrocarbon groups represented by R c4 and R c5 include aliphatic hydrocarbon groups, alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, and aromatic hydrocarbon groups. As specific examples, the same ones as those exemplified as the hydrocarbon groups represented by R c1 to R c3 can be given. Among them, as the hydrocarbon group represented by R c4 and R c5 , an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferred, a linear or branched alkyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbons is more preferred A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbons is more preferred, and a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbons is particularly preferred.

環Z1A 及環Z2A 所表示之芳香族烴環及Rc4 ~Rc5 所表示之烴基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出上述之取代基。The aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by the ring Z 1A and the ring Z 2A , and the hydrocarbon group represented by R c4 to R c5 may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the above-mentioned substituents.

作為陽離子性花青發色團的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中所示之結構的發色團、日本特開2017-066377號公報的段落號0030~0033中所記載之結構的發色團、日本特開2015-232642號公報的段落號0038~0047中所記載之結構的發色團等。As a specific example of the cationic cyanine chromophore, a chromophore having a structure shown in the examples described later, and a hair having a structure described in paragraph numbers 0030 to 0033 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-066377 may be mentioned. Chromophore, chromophore having the structure described in paragraph numbers 0038 to 0047 of JP 2015-232642 A, etc.

(相對陰離子) 作為相對陰離子,可舉出鹵化物陰離子(氟陰離子、氯陰離子、溴陰離子、碘陰離子等)、高鹵酸陰離子(ClO4 - 、FO4 - 、BrO4 - 、IO4 - 等)、硫氰酸陰離子(SCN- 等)、硫酸陰離子、雜多酸、羧酸陰離子、磺酸陰離子、脂肪酸陰離子、含氟基之硼陰離子、含氟基之磷陰離子、醯亞胺陰離子、甲基化物陰離子、在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂等。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2015-232642號公報的段落號0048~0144、日本特開2017-066377號公報的段落號0034~0063中所記載之陰離子。其中,就容易形成具有更優異的耐熱性之硬化膜之理由而言,在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂及醯亞胺陰離子為較佳,醯亞胺陰離子為更佳。亦即,就容易獲得具有更優異的耐熱性之硬化膜之理由而言,本發明中所使用之洋紅色染料係陽離子性花青發色團和醯亞胺陰離子的鹽及陽離子性花青發色團和在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂的鹽為較佳,陽離子性花青發色團和醯亞胺陰離子的鹽為更佳。(Counter anion) as the counter anion include halide anion (fluorine anion, chlorine anion, bromine anion, iodine anion, etc.), high-halo acid anion (ClO 4 -, FO 4 - , BrO 4 -, IO 4 - , etc. ), thiocyanate anion (SCN - etc.), sulfuric acid anion, heteropoly acid, carboxylic acid anion, sulfonic acid anion, fatty acid anion, fluorine-containing boron anion, fluorine-containing phosphorus anion, imine anion, methyl Base anion, resin having an anionic group on the side chain, etc. As specific examples, the anions described in paragraph numbers 0048 to 0144 of JP-A-2015-232642 and paragraph numbers 0034 to 0063 of JP-A-2017-066377 can be cited. Among them, for the reason that it is easy to form a cured film having more excellent heat resistance, a resin having an anionic group on a side chain and an iminium anion are preferable, and an iminium anion is more preferable. That is, for the reason that it is easy to obtain a cured film with more excellent heat resistance, the magenta dye used in the present invention is a cationic cyanine chromophore and a salt of an imine anion and a cationic cyanine hair The salt of the chromophore and the resin having an anionic group on the side chain is preferable, and the salt of the cationic cyanine chromophore and the imine anion is more preferable.

[醯亞胺陰離子] 作為醯亞胺陰離子,可舉出由式(AN-1)表示之陰離子及由式(AN-2)表示之陰離子,由式(AN-2)表示之陰離子為較佳。[Imidine Anion] Examples of the imine anion include an anion represented by the formula (AN-1) and an anion represented by the formula (AN-2), and an anion represented by the formula (AN-2) is preferred.

式(AN-1) [化學式13]

Figure 02_image025
式(AN-1)中,X1 及X2 分別獨立地表示鹵素原子、脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基或雜環基。X1 與X2 可以鍵結而形成環。Formula (AN-1) [Chemical Formula 13]
Figure 02_image025
In the formula (AN-1), X 1 and X 2 each independently represent a halogen atom, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an aromatic hydrocarbon group, or a heterocyclic group. X 1 and X 2 may be bonded to form a ring.

作為X1 及X2 所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子,氟原子為較佳。Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 1 and X 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferred.

作為X1 及X2 所表示之脂肪族烴基,可舉出直鏈或支鏈的烷基、烯基、炔基。脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為1~30,更佳為1~20,進一步較佳為1~12。作為直鏈或支鏈的烷基的具體例,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基、十二烷基、三癸基、十五烷基、十六烷基、十八烷基、十九烷基、十五烷基、異丙基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、異辛基等。Examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group represented by X 1 and X 2 include linear or branched alkyl groups, alkenyl groups, and alkynyl groups. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1-30, more preferably 1-20, and still more preferably 1-12. Specific examples of linear or branched alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl, dodecyl, Tridecyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, nonadecyl, pentadecyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, isooctyl Wait.

作為X1 及X2 所表示之脂環式烴基,可舉出環狀的烷基(環烷基)、環狀的烯基(環烯基)、稠合多環烴基、橋環烴基、螺環烴基、環狀萜烴基等。脂肪族烴基的碳數較佳為3~30,更佳為3~20,進一步較佳為3~12。作為脂環式烴基的具體例,可舉出環丙基、環戊基、環己基、環庚基、環辛基、環壬基、環癸基等。 作為X1 及X2 所表示之芳香族烴基,能夠舉出芳基等。芳香族烴基的碳數較佳為6~20,更佳為6~14,進一步較佳為6~10。作為芳香族烴基的具體例,可舉出苯基、聯苯基、萘基等。Examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon groups represented by X 1 and X 2 include cyclic alkyl (cycloalkyl), cyclic alkenyl (cycloalkenyl), condensed polycyclic hydrocarbon groups, bridged cyclic hydrocarbon groups, and spiro Cyclic hydrocarbon group, cyclic terpene hydrocarbon group, etc. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3-30, more preferably 3-20, and still more preferably 3-12. Specific examples of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group include cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, and the like. The aromatic hydrocarbon group represented by X 1 and X 2 includes an aryl group and the like. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6-20, more preferably 6-14, and still more preferably 6-10. As a specific example of an aromatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, etc. are mentioned.

作為X1 及X2 所表示之雜環基,可以為單環,亦可以為稠環。雜環可以為不飽和環,亦可以為飽和環。又,稠環中,可以在環內具有相同種類或不同種類的2種以上的雜原子(例如,氮原子、氧原子、硫原子)。作為雜環的具體例,可舉出吲哚環基、苯并吲哚環基、假吲哚環基、苯并假吲哚環基、㗁唑環基、苯并㗁唑環基、噻唑環基、苯并噻唑環基、苯并咪唑環基、喹啉環基等。The heterocyclic group represented by X 1 and X 2 may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic ring may be an unsaturated ring or a saturated ring. In addition, in the condensed ring, two or more types of heteroatoms (for example, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom) of the same type or different types may be contained in the ring. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include indole ring group, benzindole ring group, indole ring group, benzoindole ring group, oxazole ring group, benzoxazole ring group, and thiazole ring. Group, benzothiazole ring group, benzimidazole ring group, quinoline ring group, etc.

X1 及X2 所表示之脂肪族烴基、脂環式烴基、芳香族烴基及雜環基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、第三戊基等脂肪族烴基;(甲基)丙烯醯基、乙烯芳基、乙烯氧基、烯丙基、環氧基等交聯性基團;苯基、鄰甲苯基、間甲苯基、對甲苯基、二甲苯基、三甲苯基、鄰枯烯基、間枯烯基、對枯烯基等芳香族烴基;甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基、異丁氧基、第二丁氧基、第三丁氧基、戊氧基等烷氧基;苯氧基等芳氧基;苄氧基等芳烷氧基;甲氧羰基、乙氧羰基、丙氧羰基、乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等具有酯鍵之基團;甲基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、乙基胺磺醯基、二乙基胺磺醯基、正丙基胺磺醯基、二-正丙基胺磺醯基、異丙基胺磺醯基、二異丙基胺磺醯基、正丁基胺磺醯基、二-正丁基胺磺醯基等烷基胺磺醯基;甲基磺醯基、乙基磺醯基、丙基磺醯基、異丙基磺醯基、正丁基磺醯基、異丁基磺醯基、第二丁基磺醯基、第三丁基磺醯基等烷基磺醯基;氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等鹵素原子;硝基、氰基。The aliphatic hydrocarbon group, alicyclic hydrocarbon group, aromatic hydrocarbon group, and heterocyclic group represented by X 1 and X 2 may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, second butyl, tertiary butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, and third Aliphatic hydrocarbon groups such as pentyl; crosslinkable groups such as (meth)acrylic acid, vinyl aryl, vinyloxy, allyl, epoxy, etc.; phenyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, and p-toluene Aromatic hydrocarbon groups such as methyl group, xylyl group, mesityl group, o-cumenyl group, m-cumenyl group, p-cumenyl group; methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, butoxy, Alkoxy such as isobutoxy, second butoxy, tertiary butoxy, pentoxy; aryloxy such as phenoxy; aralkyloxy such as benzyloxy; methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, Groups with ester bonds such as propoxycarbonyl, acetoxy, benzyloxy, etc.; methylsulfasulfonyl, dimethylsulfasulfonyl, ethylsulfasulfonyl, diethylsulfasulfonyl Group, n-propyl sulfasulfonyl, di-n-propyl sulfasulfonyl, isopropyl sulfasulfonyl, diisopropyl sulfasulfonyl, n-butylsulfasulfonyl, di-n-butyl Alkylsulfonyl such as sulfasulfonyl; methylsulfonyl, ethylsulfonyl, propylsulfonyl, isopropylsulfonyl, n-butylsulfonyl, isobutylsulfonyl , Alkylsulfonyl groups such as second butylsulfonyl and tertiary butylsulfonyl; halogen atoms such as fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, and iodine atom; nitro group and cyano group.

式(AN-1)中,X1 係可以具有取代基之脂肪族烴基、可以具有取代基之脂環式烴基或可以具有取代基之芳香族烴基為較佳。又,X2 係可以具有取代基之芳香族烴基或可以具有取代基之雜環基為較佳。In the formula (AN-1), X 1 is preferably an aliphatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group that may have a substituent. Furthermore, X 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon group which may have a substituent or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent.

作為式(AN-1)的X1 ,由氟原子取代之碳數1~20的烷基或芳香族烴基為較佳,由氟原子取代之碳數1~20的烷基為更佳,三氟甲基為特佳。又,作為式(AN-1)的X2 ,由氟原子取代之芳香族烴基為較佳,對氟苯基或五氟苯基為更佳。 As X 1 in the formula (AN-1), an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons or an aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons substituted with a fluorine atom is more preferable. Fluoromethyl is particularly preferred. Furthermore, as X 2 in the formula (AN-1), an aromatic hydrocarbon group substituted with a fluorine atom is preferable, and a fluorophenyl group or a pentafluorophenyl group is more preferable.

作為由式(AN-1)表示之陰離子的具體例,可舉出日本特開2015-232642號公報的段落號0074~0077中所記載之結構的陰離子。As a specific example of the anion represented by the formula (AN-1), an anion having the structure described in paragraph numbers 0074 to 0077 of JP 2015-232642 A can be cited.

式(AN-2) [化學式14]

Figure 02_image027
Formula (AN-2) [Chemical Formula 14]
Figure 02_image027

式(AN-2)中,Y1 表示具有聚合性基團之基團。 Y2 表示鹵素原子、或者表示鹵化烴基、或者表示組合包含碳原子、氫原子或除了鹵素原子以外的原子之連接基、鹵素取代伸烷基以及選自烷基、脂環式烴基、雜芳基及芳基中之1價的基團而成之基團。In formula (AN-2), Y 1 represents a group having a polymerizable group. Y 2 represents a halogen atom, or represents a halogenated hydrocarbon group, or represents a linking group containing a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, or an atom other than a halogen atom in combination, a halogen-substituted alkylene group, and is selected from an alkyl group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and a heteroaryl group And a monovalent group in an aryl group.

作為Y2 所表示之鹵素原子,可舉出氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子。作為形成Y2 所表示之鹵化烴基的骨架之烴基,例如,能夠舉出(1)脂肪族烴基、(2)脂環式烴基、(3)具有脂環式烴基作為取代基之脂肪族烴基(以下,稱為“脂環式烴取代脂肪族烴基”)、(4)芳香族烴基、(5)具有脂肪族烴基作為取代基之芳香族烴基(以下,稱為“脂肪族烴取代芳香族烴基”)、(6)具有芳香族烴基作為取代基之脂肪族烴基(以下,稱為“芳香族烴取代脂肪族烴基”)等。作為形成Y2 的骨架之烴基,就相對於有機溶劑之溶解性的觀點而言,以下特性基為較佳。亦即,作為上述(1)脂肪族烴基,烷基為較佳,作為其碳數,1~20為較佳,1~8為特佳。上述(2)脂環式烴基可以為2~4環的橋接脂環式烴基。作為脂環式烴基,碳數3~20、進而碳數3~12的脂環式飽和烴基為較佳。作為上述(3)脂環式烴取代脂肪族烴基,脂環式飽和烴取代烷基為較佳,作為其總碳數,4~20為較佳,6~14為特佳。作為上述(4)芳香族烴基,碳數6~14、進而碳數6~10的芳基為較佳,苯基為更佳。作為上述(5)脂肪族烴取代芳香族烴基,烷基取代苯基為較佳,作為其總碳數,7~30為較佳,7~20為特佳。具體而言,例如能夠舉出甲苯基、二甲苯基、三甲苯基等。作為上述(6)芳香族烴取代脂肪族烴基,芳烷基為較佳,作為其總碳數,7~30為較佳,7~20為特佳。該等中,作為形成鹵化烴基的骨架之烴基,(1)脂肪族烴基、(3)脂環式烴取代脂肪族烴基、(4)芳香族烴基、(5)脂肪族烴取代芳香族烴基或(6)芳香族烴取代脂肪族烴基為較佳,烷基、脂環式飽和烴取代烷基、苯基、烷基取代苯基、芳烷基為更佳,烷基為特佳。又,Y2 中,作為鹵化烴基中的鹵素原子,就洋紅色染料的耐熱性的觀點而言,氟原子為較佳。亦即,鹵化烴基係烴基的一部分或全部氫原子由氟原子取代而得者為較佳。Examples of the halogen atom represented by Y 2 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Examples of the hydrocarbon group forming the skeleton of the halogenated hydrocarbon group represented by Y 2 include (1) an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, (2) an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, and (3) an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having an alicyclic hydrocarbon group as a substituent ( Hereinafter, referred to as "alicyclic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group"), (4) aromatic hydrocarbon group, (5) aromatic hydrocarbon group having an aliphatic hydrocarbon group as a substituent (hereinafter referred to as "aliphatic hydrocarbon substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group""), (6) Aliphatic hydrocarbon groups having aromatic hydrocarbon groups as substituents (hereinafter referred to as "aromatic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon groups"), etc. As the hydrocarbon group forming the skeleton of Y 2 , the following characteristic groups are preferred from the viewpoint of solubility with respect to organic solvents. That is, as the aliphatic hydrocarbon group (1) above, an alkyl group is preferred, and as its carbon number, 1-20 is preferred, and 1-8 is particularly preferred. The aforementioned (2) alicyclic hydrocarbon group may be a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon group of 2 to 4 rings. As the alicyclic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms. As the aforementioned (3) alicyclic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon substituted alkyl group is preferred. As the total carbon number, 4-20 is preferred, and 6-14 is particularly preferred. As the above-mentioned (4) aromatic hydrocarbon group, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. As the aforementioned (5) aliphatic hydrocarbon-substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group, an alkyl-substituted phenyl group is preferred. As the total carbon number, 7-30 is preferred, and 7-20 is particularly preferred. Specifically, for example, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group and the like can be given. As the aforementioned (6) aromatic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an aralkyl group is preferred. As the total carbon number, 7-30 is preferred, and 7-20 is particularly preferred. Among these, as the hydrocarbon group forming the skeleton of the halogenated hydrocarbon group, (1) aliphatic hydrocarbon group, (3) alicyclic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group, (4) aromatic hydrocarbon group, (5) aliphatic hydrocarbon substituted aromatic hydrocarbon group or (6) Aromatic hydrocarbon substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferred, alkyl, alicyclic saturated hydrocarbon substituted alkyl, phenyl, alkyl substituted phenyl, and aralkyl are more preferred, and alkyl is particularly preferred. In Y 2 , as the halogen atom in the halogenated hydrocarbon group, a fluorine atom is preferred from the viewpoint of the heat resistance of the magenta dye. That is, it is preferable that a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the halogenated hydrocarbon group are substituted with fluorine atoms.

式(AN-2)的Y2 可以為組合包含碳原子、氫原子或除了鹵素原子以外的原子之連接基、鹵素取代伸烷基以及選自烷基、脂環式烴基、雜芳基及取代或未取代的芳基中之1價的基團而成之基團。作為包含碳原子、氫原子及除了鹵素原子以外的原子之連接基,能夠舉出-O-、-S-、-CO-、-COO-、-CONH-、-SO2 -等。又,作為鹵素取代伸烷基,可舉出伸烷基的一部分或全部氫原子被鹵素原子取代而得之基團。伸烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳。作為被伸烷基取代之鹵素原子的種類,就耐熱性的觀點而言,氟原子為較佳。前述烷基的碳數係1~20為較佳,1~8為更佳。脂環式烴基的碳數係3~20為較佳,3~12為更佳。作為雜芳基,由包含選自氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中之1個以上的雜原子之5~10員的芳香族雜環構成之基團為較佳。具體而言,例如能夠舉出呋喃基、噻吩基、吡咯基、㗁唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基、咔唑基等。作為芳基,碳數6~14、進而碳數6~10的芳基為較佳,苯基、萘基為特佳。另外,作為芳基的取代基,例如,可舉出碳數1~6的烷基、碳數1~6的烷氧基、鹵素原子或三氟甲基。另外,取代基的位置及數量係任意的,在具有2個以上的取代基之情形下,該等取代基可以相同,亦可以不同。 Y 2 of formula (AN-2) can be a linking group containing carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms or atoms other than halogen atoms, halogen-substituted alkylene groups, and selected from alkyl groups, alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, heteroaryl groups, and substituted groups. Or a group consisting of a monovalent group in an unsubstituted aryl group. Examples of the linking group containing a carbon atom, a hydrogen atom, and an atom other than a halogen atom include -O-, -S-, -CO-, -COO-, -CONH-, -SO 2 -, and the like. Moreover, as the halogen-substituted alkylene group, a group obtained by substituting a part or all of the hydrogen atoms of the alkylene group with halogen atoms can be mentioned. The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1-10. As the type of the halogen atom substituted by the alkylene group, a fluorine atom is preferred from the viewpoint of heat resistance. The carbon number of the aforementioned alkyl group is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-8. The carbon number of the alicyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably 3-20, more preferably 3-12. As the heteroaryl group, a group composed of an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 to 10 members including one or more heteroatoms selected from a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom is preferable. Specifically, for example, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, azolyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, etc. can be given. As the aryl group, an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms and more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable, and a phenyl group and a naphthyl group are particularly preferable. In addition, examples of the substituent of the aryl group include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or a trifluoromethyl group. In addition, the position and number of the substituents are arbitrary, and when there are two or more substituents, these substituents may be the same or different.

就耐熱性的觀點而言,式(AN-2)的Y2 係組合鹵化烴基或包含碳原子、氫原子或除了鹵素原子以外的原子之連接基、鹵素取代伸烷基以及選自烷基、脂環式烴基、雜芳基及取代或未取代的芳基中之1價的基團基而成之基團為較佳,由下述式(Y2-1)或(Y2-2)表示之基團為更佳,由下述式(Y2-1)表示之基團為進一步較佳。From the viewpoint of heat resistance, Y 2 of formula (AN-2) is a combination of halogenated hydrocarbon groups or linking groups containing carbon atoms, hydrogen atoms or atoms other than halogen atoms, halogen-substituted alkylene groups and selected from alkyl groups, A group consisting of monovalent groups among alicyclic hydrocarbon groups, heteroaryl groups, and substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups is preferred, and is represented by the following formula (Y2-1) or (Y2-2) The group is more preferable, and the group represented by the following formula (Y2-1) is still more preferable.

[化學式15]

Figure 02_image029
[Chemical formula 15]
Figure 02_image029

式(Y2-1)中,Ry1 表示氫原子、氟原子、烷基、氟化烷基、脂環式烴基、烷氧基、氟化烷氧基、Ry20 COORy21 -或Ry22 COORy23 CFH-, Ry20 及Ry22 分別獨立地表示烷基、脂環式烴基、雜芳基或取代或未取代的芳基, Ry21 及Ry23 分別獨立地表示伸烷基, n表示1以上的整數, *表示鍵結鍵。In formula (Y2-1), R y1 represents hydrogen atom, fluorine atom, alkyl group, fluorinated alkyl group, alicyclic hydrocarbon group, alkoxy group, fluorinated alkoxy group, R y20 COOR y21 -or R y22 COOR y23 CFH-, R y20 and R y22 each independently represent an alkyl group, an alicyclic hydrocarbon group, a heteroaryl group or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, R y21 and R y23 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents 1 or more Integer, * represents the bonding key.

式(Y2-2)中,Ry2 ~Ry6 分別獨立地表示氫原子、氟原子、羥基、烷基、氟化烷基或烷氧基,*表示鍵結鍵。其中,Ry2 ~Ry6 中的至少1個為氟原子或氟化烷基。In the formula (Y2-2), R y2 to R y6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a fluorinated alkyl group, or an alkoxy group, and * represents a bonding bond. Among them, at least one of R y2 to R y6 is a fluorine atom or a fluorinated alkyl group.

式(AN-2)的Y1 表示具有聚合性基團之基團。作為Y1 所表示之具有聚合性基團之基團,由式(Y1-1)表示之基團為較佳。 Q1 -L1 -*……(Y1-1) Y 1 in the formula (AN-2) represents a group having a polymerizable group. As the group having a polymerizable group represented by Y 1 , a group represented by formula (Y1-1) is preferred. Q 1 -L 1 -*……(Y1-1)

式(Y1-1)中,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Q1 表示聚合性基團,*表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Y1-1), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Q 1 represents a polymerizable group, and * represents a bonding bond.

作為L1 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出2價的烴基;及組合2價的烴基和選自-NRa -、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONRa -、-NRa CO-及-S-中之基團而成之基團。Ra 表示氫原子或碳數1~8的烷基。作為2價的烴基,可舉出伸烷基、伸芳基等。2價的烴基中,至少一部分氫原子可以由鹵素原子(較佳為氟原子)取代。 L1 所表示之2價的連接基係組合選自碳數1~10的伸烷基;碳數6~20的伸芳基;碳數7~20的伸芳基伸烷基;碳數1~10的伸烷基及碳數6~20的伸芳基中之至少1種和選自-O-、-S-、-COO-、-CONRa -及-SO2 -中之至少1種而成之基團為較佳。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include divalent hydrocarbon groups; and combinations of divalent hydrocarbon groups and selected from -NR a -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O- , -COO-, -OCO-, -CONR a -, -NR a CO- and -S-groups. R a represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. As the divalent hydrocarbon group, an alkylene group, an arylene group, and the like can be mentioned. In the divalent hydrocarbon group, at least a part of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted with halogen atoms (preferably fluorine atoms). The combination of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms; arylene groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms; arylene alkylene groups having 7 to 20 carbon atoms; and arylene alkylene groups having 7 to 20 carbon atoms; At least one of 10 alkylene and carbon 6-20 arylene and at least one selected from -O-, -S-, -COO-, -CONR a -and -SO 2- The formed group is preferred.

作為Q1 所表示之聚合性基團,可舉出乙烯性不飽和基團。作為乙烯性不飽和基團,可舉出乙烯基、烯丙基、甲基烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基及苯乙烯基等,(甲基)丙烯醯基及苯乙烯基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。Examples of the polymerizable group represented by Q 1 include ethylenically unsaturated groups. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl, allyl, methallyl, (meth)acryloyl and styryl, etc. (meth)acryloyl and styryl are more preferred. Preferably, the (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable.

就耐熱性的觀點而言,式(AN-2)的Y1 所表示之具有聚合性基團之基團係由式(Y1-2)表示之基團為較佳。 Q1 -L2 -SO2 -*……(Y1-2)From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the group having a polymerizable group represented by Y 1 of formula (AN-2) is preferably a group represented by formula (Y1-2). Q 1 -L 2 -SO 2 -*……(Y1-2)

式(Y1-2)中,L2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Q1 表示聚合性基團,*表示鍵結鍵。In the formula (Y1-2), L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, Q 1 represents a polymerizable group, and * represents a bonding bond.

式(Y1-2)的Q1 與式(Y1-1)的Q1 含義相同,且較佳範圍亦相同。The same as the formula (Y1-2) and Q 1 in the formula (Y1-1) Q 1 in the meaning and preferred ranges are also the same.

作為L2 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出2價的烴基;及組合2價的烴基和選自-NRa -、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONRa -、-NRa CO-及-S-中之基團而成之基團。作為L2 所表示之2價的連接基,組合選自碳數1~10的伸烷基;碳數6~20的伸芳基;碳數1~10的伸烷基及碳數6~20的伸芳基中之至少1種及-O-而成之基團為較佳。Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 2 include divalent hydrocarbon groups; and combinations of divalent hydrocarbon groups and selected from -NR a -, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O- , -COO-, -OCO-, -CONR a -, -NR a CO- and -S-groups. As the divalent linking group represented by L 2 , the combination is selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbons; an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbons; an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbons; and an alkylene group having 6 to 20 carbons. A group consisting of at least one of the arylene groups and -O- is preferred.

作為由式(AN-2)表示之陰離子的具體例,可舉出後述之實施例中所記載之結構的陰離子、日本特開2017-066377號公報的段落號0142中所記載之陰離子等。Specific examples of the anion represented by the formula (AN-2) include anions having the structures described in the examples described later, anions described in paragraph 0142 of JP 2017-066377 A, and the like.

[在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂] 作為在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂,可舉出具有由下述式(AN-10)表示之重複單元之樹脂。 式(AN-10) [化學式16]

Figure 02_image031
[Resin having an anionic group on a side chain] As a resin having an anionic group on a side chain, a resin having a repeating unit represented by the following formula (AN-10) can be exemplified. Formula (AN-10) [Chemical Formula 16]
Figure 02_image031

式(AN-10)中,R100 表示氫原子或烷基。L10 表示伸烷基、伸芳基、-CONH-R101 -或-COO-R101 -,R101 表示伸烷基。P10 表示陰離子性基團。In the formula (AN-10), R 100 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L 10 represents an alkylene group, an aryl group, -CONH-R 101 -or -COO-R 101 -, and R 101 represents an alkylene group. P 10 represents an anionic group.

R100 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~12為較佳,1~8為更佳,1~4為進一步較佳。烷基係直鏈的烷基為較佳。R100 所表示之烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出羥基、烷氧基等。作為R100 ,氫原子或甲基為較佳。The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R 100 is preferably from 1 to 12, more preferably from 1 to 8, and even more preferably from 1 to 4. The alkyl group is preferably a straight-chain alkyl group. The alkyl group represented by R 100 may have a substituent. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned. As R 100 , a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.

作為P10 所表示之陰離子性基團,可舉出-SO3 - 、-COO- ,-SO3 - 為較佳。Examples of the anionic group represented by the P 10, may include -SO 3 -, -COO -, -SO 3 - is preferred.

L10 係-CONH-R101 -、-COO-R101 -為較佳,-COO-R101 -為更佳。L 10 series -CONH-R 101 -, -COO-R 101 -are preferable, and -COO-R 101 -are more preferable.

除了由式(AN-10)表示之重複單元以外,在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂還可以包含其他重複單元。作為其他重複單元,可舉出具有聚合性基團之重複單元等。In addition to the repeating unit represented by the formula (AN-10), the resin having an anionic group on the side chain may also contain other repeating units. Examples of other repeating units include repeating units having a polymerizable group, and the like.

在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂的重量平均分子量係1000~500000為較佳,3000~15000為更佳。關於在側鏈上具有陰離子性基團之樹脂的詳細內容,記載於日本特開2015-232642號公報的段落號0101~0144中,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。The weight average molecular weight of the resin having an anionic group on the side chain is preferably 1,000 to 500,000, and more preferably 3,000 to 15,000. The details of the resin having an anionic group in the side chain are described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0144 of JP-A-2015-232642, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

相對於100質量份的顏料A,本發明的著色組成物含有1~50質量份的洋紅色染料為較佳。上限係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。下限係3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。若洋紅色染料的含量在上述範圍內,則容易獲得更優異的耐熱性。The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains 1 to 50 parts by mass of magenta dye relative to 100 parts by mass of pigment A. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. If the content of the magenta dye is within the above range, it is easy to obtain more excellent heat resistance.

又,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,洋紅色染料的含量係0.4~30質量%為較佳。上限係25質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,15質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係1質量%以上為較佳,3質量%以上為更佳,5質量%以上為進一步較佳。Moreover, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the content of the magenta dye is preferably 0.4 to 30% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 25% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, more preferably 3% by mass or more, and even more preferably 5% by mass or more.

又,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,顏料A和洋紅色染料的總含量係30~85質量%為較佳。上限係80質量%以下為較佳,75質量%以下為更佳,70質量%以下為進一步較佳。下限係35質量%以上為較佳,40質量%以上為更佳,45質量%以上為進一步較佳。In addition, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the total content of the pigment A and the magenta dye is preferably 30 to 85% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 80% by mass or less, more preferably 75% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and more preferably 45% by mass or more.

<<其他著色劑>> 本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有除了二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料及洋紅色染料以外的著色劑(以下,還稱為其他著色劑)。其他著色劑可以為顏料,亦可以為染料。還可以同時使用顏料和染料。本發明中所使用之其他著色劑包含顏料為較佳。又,顏料可以為有機顏料,亦可以為無機顏料。又,對於顏料,還能夠使用由有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料的一部分而得之材料。藉由用有機發色團取代無機顏料或有機‐無機顏料,能夠容易進行色相設計。 其他著色劑中的顏料的含量係50質量%以上為較佳,70質量%以上為更佳,80質量%以上為進一步較佳,90質量%以上為特佳。又,其他著色劑可以僅為顏料。<<Other colorants>> The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain coloring agents other than the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment and magenta dye (hereinafter, also referred to as other coloring agents). Other colorants can be pigments or dyes. It is also possible to use pigments and dyes at the same time. The other colorant used in the present invention preferably contains a pigment. In addition, the pigment may be an organic pigment or an inorganic pigment. In addition, for the pigment, a material obtained by substituting a part of an inorganic pigment or an organic-inorganic pigment with an organic chromophore can also be used. By replacing inorganic pigments or organic-inorganic pigments with organic chromophores, hue design can be easily performed. The content of the pigment in other colorants is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. In addition, the other colorants may only be pigments.

本發明的著色組成物包含黃色著色劑作為其他著色劑為較佳,包含黃色顏料作為其他著色劑為更佳。依據該態樣,容易形成具有適於紅色的像素之光譜特性之硬化膜。又,在使用黃色顏料作為其他著色劑之情形下,還能夠提高顏料A的分散性。The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a yellow colorant as the other colorant, and more preferably contains a yellow pigment as the other colorant. According to this aspect, it is easy to form a cured film having spectral characteristics suitable for red pixels. In addition, when a yellow pigment is used as another colorant, the dispersibility of pigment A can also be improved.

作為黃色著色劑,可舉出偶氮化合物、喹啉黃化合物、異吲哚啉酮化合物、異吲哚啉化合物及蒽醌化合物等,異吲哚啉化合物、偶氮化合物及喹啉黃化合物為較佳,異吲哚啉化合物及偶氮化合物為更佳,就容易形成具有適於紅色之光譜特性之硬化膜之理由而言,異吲哚啉化合物為特佳。Examples of yellow colorants include azo compounds, quinoline yellow compounds, isoindolinone compounds, isoindoline compounds, and anthraquinone compounds. The isoindoline compounds, azo compounds, and quinoline yellow compounds are Preferably, the isoindoline compound and the azo compound are more preferable, and the isoindoline compound is particularly preferable because it is easy to form a cured film having spectral characteristics suitable for red.

作為黃色著色劑,可舉出比色指數(C.I.)顏料黃1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232(次甲基系),233(喹啉系)等黃色顏料。As a yellow colorant, color index (CI) pigment yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24 can be mentioned. 31, 32, 34, 35, 35: 1, 36, 36: 1, 37, 37: 1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125, 126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171, 172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232 (methine series), 233 (quinoline series) and other yellow pigments.

又,作為黃色著色劑,還能夠使用日本特開2017-201003號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-197719號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171912號公報的段落號0011~0062、0137~0276中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171913號公報的段落號0010~0062、0138~0295中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171914號公報的段落號0011~0062、0139~0190中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-171915號公報的段落號0010~0065、0142~0222中所記載之化合物、日本特開2013-054339號公報的段落號0011~0034中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-026228號公報的段落號0013~0058中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062644號公報中所記載之異吲哚啉化合物、日本特開2018-203798號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-062578號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6432077號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本專利第6432076號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-155881號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-111757號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2018-040835號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2017-197640號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2016-145282號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-085565號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2014-021139號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209614號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-209435號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-181015號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-061622號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-054339號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2013-032486號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2012-226110號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074987號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-081565號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074986號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-074985號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-050420號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2008-031281號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、特公昭48-032765號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中所記載之喹啉黃化合物、由下述式(QP1)表示之化合物。 [化學式17]

Figure 02_image033
In addition, as the yellow colorant, the compound described in JP 2017-201003 A, the compound described in JP 2017-197719, and paragraph number 0011 of JP 2017-171912 can also be used. ~0062, 0137~0276, Paragraph Nos. 0010 to 0062, 0138 to 0295 of JP 2017-171913, Paragraph Nos. 0011 to 0062 of JP 2017-171914 , The compounds described in 0139~0190, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0010~0065 of JP 2017-171915, and 0142 to 0222, and the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0011 to 0034 of JP 2013-054339 The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-026228, the quinoline yellow compound described in paragraph numbers 0013 to 0058 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-026228, the isoindoline compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-062644, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-062644. The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-203798, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-062578, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6432077, and the Japanese Patent No. The quinoline yellow compound described in 6432076, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2018-155881, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2018-111757, and JP 2018 The quinoline yellow compound described in JP-040835, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2017-197640 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2016-145282, and the Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2016-145282 The quinoline yellow compound described in 2014-085565, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2014-021139, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-209614, the Japanese special The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-209435, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-181015, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-061622, Japan The quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-054339 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2013-032486 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2012-226110 A, The quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-074987 A, the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-081565 A, and the quinoline yellow compound described in JP 2008-074986 A The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-074985, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-050420, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-031281 The quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-032765, the quinoline yellow compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-008014, are represented by the following formula (QP1) Compound. [Chemical formula 17]
Figure 02_image033

式(QP1)中,X1 ~X16 各自獨立地表示氫原子或鹵素原子,Z1 表示碳數1~3的伸烷基。作為由式(QP1)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出日本專利第6443711號公報的段落號0016中所記載之化合物。In the formula (QP1), X 1 to X 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom, and Z 1 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the compound represented by the formula (QP1), the compound described in paragraph 0016 of Japanese Patent No. 6443711 can be cited.

作為黃色著色劑,選自C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150及C.I.顏料黃185中之1種以上為進一步較佳,選自C.I.顏料黃139及C.I.顏料黃150中之1種以上為更進一步較佳,C.I.顏料黃139為特佳。As the yellow colorant, one or more selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150 and CI Pigment Yellow 185 is further preferred, and one selected from CI Pigment Yellow 139 and CI Pigment Yellow 150 More than one species are more preferred, and CI Pigment Yellow 139 is particularly preferred.

作為除了黃色著色劑以外的著色劑,可舉出以下。Examples of coloring agents other than the yellow coloring agent include the following.

C.I.顏料橙2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等、 C.I.顏料綠7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63等、 C.I.顏料紫1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60(三芳基甲烷系),61(口山口星系)等、 C.I.顏料藍1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87(單偶氮系),88(次甲基/聚次甲基系)等、 C.I.顏料紅1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,270,279,294(口山口星系、Organo Ultramarine(有機群青)、Bluish Red(藍紅)),295(單偶氮系),296(二偶氮系)等。CI Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, 73 Wait, C.I. Pigment Green 7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63 etc., C.I. Pigment Violet 1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60 (triarylmethane series), 61 (koushankou galaxy), etc., CI Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87 (monoazo Series), 88 (methine/polymethine series), etc., CI Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48:1, 48:2, 48:3, 48:4 , 49, 49:1, 49:2, 52:1, 52:2, 53:1, 57:1, 60:1, 63:1, 66, 67, 81:1, 81:2, 81:3 , 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184 , 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 270, 279, 294 (koushankou galaxy, Organo Ultramarine (organic ultramarine) ), Bluish Red (blue red)), 295 (monoazo series), 296 (diazo series), etc.

又,作為綠色顏料,還能夠使用一分子中的鹵素原子數平均為10~14個、溴原子數平均為8~12個、氯原子數平均為2~5個之鹵化鋅酞菁顏料。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/118720號公報中所記載之化合物。又,作為綠色顏料,能夠使用中國專利申請第106909027號說明書中所記載之化合物、具有國際公開第2012/102395號中所記載之磷酸酯作為配位體之酞菁化合物、日本特開2019-008014號公報中所記載之酞菁化合物及日本特開2018-180023號公報中所記載之酞菁化合物。In addition, as the green pigment, a zinc halide phthalocyanine pigment having an average number of halogen atoms of 10 to 14, an average number of bromine atoms of 8 to 12, and an average number of chlorine atoms of 2 to 5 in one molecule can also be used. As a specific example, the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/118720 can be cited. In addition, as the green pigment, the compound described in the specification of Chinese Patent Application No. 106909027, the phthalocyanine compound having the phosphate ester described in International Publication No. 2012/102395 as a ligand, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2019-008014 can be used. The phthalocyanine compound described in JP-A No. 2018-180023 and the phthalocyanine compound described in JP 2018-180023 A.

又,作為藍色顏料,還能夠使用具有磷原子之鋁酞菁化合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2012-247591號公報的0022~0030段、日本特開2011-157478號公報的0047段中所記載的化合物。In addition, as the blue pigment, an aluminum phthalocyanine compound having a phosphorus atom can also be used. As specific examples, the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP 2011-157478 can be cited.

作為除了洋紅色染料以外的染料並沒有特別限制,能夠使用公知的染料。可舉出吡唑偶氮化合物、苯胺基偶氮化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、蒽醌化合物、蒽吡啶酮化合物、苯亞甲基化合物、氧雜菁化合物、吡唑并三唑偶氮化合物、吡啶酮偶氮化合物、花青化合物、啡噻𠯤化合物、吡咯并吡唑次甲基偶氮化合物、口山口星化合物、酞菁化合物、苯并吡喃化合物、靛藍化合物、吡咯亞甲基化合物。There are no particular limitations on the dye other than the magenta dye, and known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo compounds, anilino azo compounds, triarylmethane compounds, anthraquinone compounds, anthrapyridone compounds, benzylidene compounds, oxocyanine compounds, pyrazolotriazole azo compounds, pyridine Ketoazo compounds, cyanine compounds, phenanthrene compounds, pyrrolopyrazole methine azo compounds, Kouyamaguchi compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, benzopyran compounds, indigo compounds, pyrromethene compounds.

又,作為其他著色劑,還能夠使用日本特開2012-158649號公報中所記載的噻唑化合物、日本特開2011-184493號公報中所記載的偶氮化合物、日本特開2011-145540號公報中所記載的偶氮化合物。In addition, as other colorants, the thiazole compound described in JP 2012-158649 A, the azo compound described in JP 2011-184493 A, and the azo compound described in JP 2011-145540 A can also be used. The azo compound described.

又,作為其他著色劑,還能夠使用色素多聚物。色素多聚物係溶解於溶劑中而使用之染料為較佳,但是色素多聚物可以形成粒子,在色素多聚物為粒子之情形下,通常以分散於溶劑中之狀態使用。粒子狀態的色素多聚物例如能夠藉由乳化聚合而獲得,可舉出日本特開2015-214682號公報中所記載之化合物及製造方法來作為具體例。色素多聚物為在一分子中具有2個以上的色素結構者,具有3個以上的色素結構為較佳。上限並無特別限定,但是還能夠設為100個以下。在一分子中所具有之複數個色素結構可以為相同的色素結構,亦可以為不同的色素結構。色素多聚物的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~50000為較佳。下限係3000以上為更佳,6000以上為進一步較佳。上限係30000以下為更佳,20000以下為進一步較佳。作為色素多聚物,還能夠使用日本特開2011-213925號公報、日本特開2013-041097號公報、日本特開2015-028144號公報、日本特開2015-030742號公報等中所記載之化合物。Moreover, as another coloring agent, a dye polymer can also be used. The pigment polymer is preferably a dye used by dissolving it in a solvent, but the pigment polymer can form particles. When the pigment polymer is a particle, it is usually used in a state dispersed in the solvent. The pigment polymer in the particle state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples include the compound and the production method described in JP 2015-214682 A. The pigment polymer has two or more pigment structures in one molecule, and preferably has three or more pigment structures. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but it can also be set to 100 or less. The plurality of pigment structures in one molecule may be the same pigment structure or different pigment structures. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the pigment polymer is preferably 2,000 to 50,000. The lower limit is more preferably 3000 or more, and more preferably 6000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30,000 or less, and more preferably 20,000 or less. As the dye polymer, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2011-213925, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-041097, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-028144, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-030742, etc. can also be used. .

相對於100質量份的顏料A,其他著色劑的含量係40質量份以下為較佳。下限係1質量份以上為較佳,3質量份以上為更佳,5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量份以下為較佳,20質量份以下為更佳。 又,相對於100質量份的顏料A,黃色著色劑的含量係40質量份以下為較佳。下限係1質量份以上為較佳,3質量份以上為更佳,5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係30質量份以下為較佳,20質量份以下為更佳。 又,相對於100質量份的洋紅色染料,黃色著色劑的含量係100質量份以下為較佳。下限係5質量份以上為較佳,10質量份以上為更佳,15質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係80質量份以下為較佳,60質量份以下為更佳。 又,相對於顏料A和洋紅色染料的總計100質量份,黃色著色劑的含量係50質量份以下為較佳。下限係1質量份以上為較佳,3質量份以上為更佳,5質量份以上為進一步較佳。上限係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。 又,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,顏料A、洋紅色染料及其他著色劑的總含量係40~90質量%為較佳。下限係45質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。上限係85質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳。 又,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,顏料A、洋紅色染料及黃色著色劑的總含量係40~90質量%為較佳。下限係45質量%以上為較佳,50質量%以上為更佳。上限係85質量%以下為較佳,80質量%以下為更佳。The content of other colorants is preferably 40 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of pigment A. The lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. Moreover, it is preferable that the content of the yellow colorant is 40 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A. The lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 20 parts by mass or less. Moreover, it is preferable that the content of the yellow colorant is 100 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the magenta dye. The lower limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 15 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 60 parts by mass or less. Moreover, it is preferable that the content of the yellow colorant is 50 parts by mass or less with respect to the total of 100 parts by mass of the pigment A and the magenta dye. The lower limit is preferably 1 part by mass or more, more preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and even more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. In addition, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the total content of the pigment A, magenta dye, and other colorants is preferably 40 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 45% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less. Moreover, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the total content of the pigment A, the magenta dye, and the yellow colorant is preferably 40 to 90% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 45% by mass or more, and more preferably 50% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 85% by mass or less, and more preferably 80% by mass or less.

<<具有硬化性基團之化合物>> 本發明的著色組成物含有具有硬化性基團之化合物。對於具有硬化性基團之化合物硬化時的反應機構,並無特別限定。可舉出基於自由基聚合反應、陽離子聚合反應、縮聚反應、親核加成反應、取代反應之交聯反應等。具有硬化性基團之化合物係藉由自由基聚合反應而硬化之化合物為較佳。作為硬化性基團,可舉出乙烯性不飽和基團、環氧基等。作為乙烯性不飽和基團,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、烯丙基、甲基烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、桂皮醯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基,(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳。<<Compounds with curable groups>> The coloring composition of the present invention contains a compound having a curable group. The reaction mechanism when the compound having a curable group is cured is not particularly limited. Examples include crosslinking reactions based on radical polymerization reactions, cationic polymerization reactions, polycondensation reactions, nucleophilic addition reactions, and substitution reactions. The compound having a hardening group is preferably a compound hardened by a radical polymerization reaction. Examples of the curable group include ethylenically unsaturated groups and epoxy groups. Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, vinyloxy groups, allyl groups, methallyl groups, (meth)acrylic groups, styryl groups, cinnamyl groups, and maleic acid groups. The amino group is preferably a (meth)acryloyl group, a styryl group, and a maleimide group, and a (meth)acryloyl group is more preferable.

具有硬化性基團之化合物(以下,還稱為硬化性化合物)可以為單體,亦可以為聚合物等樹脂。還能夠同時使用單體類型的硬化性化合物和樹脂類型的硬化性化合物。The compound having a curable group (hereinafter, also referred to as a curable compound) may be a monomer or a resin such as a polymer. It is also possible to use a monomer type curable compound and a resin type curable compound at the same time.

(具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物) 本發明中,作為用作硬化性化合物之具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物,可以為單體,亦可以為樹脂。就容易形成耐熱性優異的硬化膜之理由而言,包含樹脂類型的化合物為較佳。以下,還將具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物稱為聚合性化合物。又,還將具有乙烯性不飽和基團之單體稱為聚合性單體。又,還將具有乙烯性不飽和基團之樹脂稱為聚合性樹脂。(Compounds with ethylenically unsaturated groups) In the present invention, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group used as the curable compound may be a monomer or a resin. For the reason that it is easy to form a cured film with excellent heat resistance, it is preferable to include a resin-type compound. Hereinafter, the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group is also referred to as a polymerizable compound. In addition, a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is also referred to as a polymerizable monomer. In addition, resins having ethylenically unsaturated groups are also referred to as polymerizable resins.

聚合性單體的分子量小於3000為較佳。上限係2000以下為更佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。下限係100以上為較佳,150以上為更佳,250以上為進一步較佳。聚合性單體係包含3個以上的乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物為較佳,包含3~15個乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物為更佳,包含3~6個乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物為進一步較佳。又,聚合性單體係3~15官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為較佳,3~6官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為更佳。作為聚合性單體的具體例,可舉出日本特開2009-288705號公報的段落號0095~0108、日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落0227、日本特開2008-292970號公報的段落號0254~0257、日本特開2013-253224號公報的段落號0034~0038、日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0477、日本特開2017-048367號公報、日本專利第6057891號公報、日本專利第6031807號公報中所記載之化合物,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。The molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably less than 3000. The upper limit is more preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 100 or more, more preferably 150 or more, and even more preferably 250 or more. The polymerizable single system contains 3 or more ethylenically unsaturated groups. Compounds are preferred. Compounds containing 3-15 ethylenically unsaturated groups are more preferred. They contain 3-6 ethylenically unsaturated groups. The compound is further preferred. In addition, a polymerizable single-system 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound is preferable, and a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound is more preferable. Specific examples of polymerizable monomers include paragraph numbers 0095-0108 of JP 2009-288705 A, paragraph 0227 of JP 2013-029760 A, and paragraph numbers of JP 2008-292970 A 0254~0257, Paragraph Nos. 0034 to 0038 of JP 2013-253224, Paragraph No. 0477 of JP 2012-208494, JP 2017-048367, Japanese Patent No. 6057891, Japanese Patent The compound is described in Bulletin No. 6031807, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

聚合性單體係二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-330;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-320;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD D-310;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(作為市售品為KAYARAD DPHA;Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造、NK ESTER A-DPH-12E;Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)及經由乙二醇和/或丙二醇殘基而鍵結有該等(甲基)丙烯醯基之結構的化合物(例如,由SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造市售之SR454、SR499)為較佳。又,作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用NK ESTER A-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、KAYARAD RP-1040、DPCA-20(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)。又,作為聚合性單體,使用三羥甲基丙烷三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧丙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、異氰脲酸環氧乙烷改質三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、季戊四醇三(甲基)丙烯酸酯等3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物亦為較佳。作為3官能的(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-309、M-310、M-321、M-350、M-360、M-313、M-315、M-306、M-305、M-303、M-452、M-450(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)、NK ESTER A9300、A-GLY-9E、A-GLY-20E、A-TMM-3、A-TMM-3L、A-TMM-3LM-N、A-TMPT、TMPT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、KAYARAD GPO-303、TMPTA、THE-330、TPA-330、PET-30(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Polymerizable single-system dipentaerythritol triacrylate (as a commercial product is KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (as a commercial product is KAYARAD D-320; Nippon Kayaku Co. ., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product KAYARAD D-310; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate (as a commercial product) The product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., NK ESTER A-DPH-12E; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) and bonded via ethylene glycol and/or propylene glycol residues ( A compound having a structure of a meth)acryloyl group (for example, SR454 and SR499 commercially available from SARTOMER Company, Inc.) are preferred. In addition, as the polymerizable monomer, NK ESTER A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD RP-1040, and DPCA-20 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) can also be used. In addition, as polymerizable monomers, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane propylene oxide is used to modify tri(meth)acrylate, and trimethylolpropane ethylene oxide is modified. Trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds such as high-quality tri(meth)acrylate, isocyanuric acid ethylene oxide modified tri(meth)acrylate, and pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate are also preferred . Commercial products of trifunctional (meth)acrylate compounds include ARONIX M-309, M-310, M-321, M-350, M-360, M-313, M-315, M- 306, M-305, M-303, M-452, M-450 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), NK ESTER A9300, A-GLY-9E, A-GLY-20E, A-TMM-3, A -TMM-3L, A-TMM-3LM-N, A-TMPT, TMPT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), KAYARAD GPO-303, TMPTA, THE-330, TPA-330, PET-30 ( Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc.

聚合性單體還能夠使用具有酸基之化合物。藉由使用具有酸基之聚合性單體,顯影時容易去除未曝光部的著色組合物層,從而能夠抑制顯影殘渣的產衛。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基等,羧基為較佳。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體,可舉出丁二酸改質二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的市售品,可舉出ARONIX M-510、M-520、ARONIX TO-2349(TOAGOSEI CO.,LTD.製造)等。作為具有酸基之聚合性單體的較佳的酸值,係0.1~40mgKOH/g,更佳為5~30mgKOH/g。若聚合性單體的酸值為0.1mgKOH/g以上,則相對於顯影液之溶解性良好,若為40mgKOH/g以下,則有利於製造或操作。As the polymerizable monomer, a compound having an acid group can also be used. By using a polymerizable monomer having an acid group, it is easy to remove the coloring composition layer of the unexposed part during development, and it is possible to suppress the development of the development residue. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, etc. are mentioned, and a carboxyl group is preferable. As the polymerizable monomer having an acid group, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate modified by succinic acid and the like can be mentioned. Examples of commercially available products of polymerizable monomers having acid groups include ARONIX M-510, M-520, ARONIX TO-2349 (manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.), and the like. The preferable acid value of the polymerizable monomer having an acid group is 0.1 to 40 mgKOH/g, more preferably 5 to 30 mgKOH/g. If the acid value of the polymerizable monomer is 0.1 mgKOH/g or more, the solubility with respect to the developer is good, and if it is 40 mgKOH/g or less, it is advantageous for manufacturing or handling.

聚合性單體還能夠使用具有己內酯結構之化合物。關於具有己內酯結構之聚合性單體,例如作為KAYARAD DPCA系列而由Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.市售,可舉出DPCA-20、DPCA-30、DPCA-60、DPCA-120等。As the polymerizable monomer, a compound having a caprolactone structure can also be used. Regarding the polymerizable monomer having a caprolactone structure, for example, it is commercially available from Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. as the KAYARAD DPCA series, and examples thereof include DPCA-20, DPCA-30, DPCA-60, and DPCA-120.

聚合性單體還能夠使用具有伸烷氧基之化合物。具有伸烷氧基之聚合性單體係具有伸乙基氧基和/或伸丙基氧基之化合物為較佳,具有伸乙基氧基之化合物為更佳,具有4~20個伸乙基氧基之3~6官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物為進一步較佳。作為具有伸烷氧基之聚合性單體的市售品,例如可舉出SARTOMER Company,Inc.製造的具有4個伸乙基氧基之4官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦即SR-494、具有3個伸異丁氧基之3官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯亦即KAYARAD TPA-330等。As the polymerizable monomer, a compound having an alkoxy group can also be used. The polymerizable single system with ethyleneoxy group. The compound with ethyleneoxy group and/or propyleneoxy group is preferable, and the compound with ethyleneoxy group is more preferable. It has 4-20 ethyleneoxy group. The 3- to 6-functional (meth)acrylate compound of the oxy group is more preferred. As a commercially available product of a polymerizable monomer having an ethyleneoxy group, for example, SR-494, a 4-functional (meth)acrylate having 4 ethyleneoxy groups manufactured by SARTOMER Company, Inc., A trifunctional (meth)acrylate with 3 isobutoxy groups, namely KAYARAD TPA-330, etc.

作為聚合性單體,使用實質上不含甲苯等環境管制物質之化合物亦為較佳。作為該種化合物的市售品,可舉出KAYARAD DPHA LT、KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等。As the polymerizable monomer, it is also preferable to use a compound that does not substantially contain environmentally regulated substances such as toluene. As a commercially available product of this kind of compound, KAYARAD DPHA LT, KAYARAD DPEA-12 LT (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and the like can be mentioned.

作為聚合性單體,使用日本特公昭48-041708號公報、日本特開昭51-037193號公報、日本特公平02-032293號公報、日本特公平02-016765號公報中所記載之胺基甲酸酯丙烯酸酯類、日本特公昭58-049860號公報、日本特公昭56-017654號公報、日本特公昭62-039417號公報、日本特公昭62-039418號公報中所記載之具有環氧乙烷系骨架之胺基甲酸酯化合物、日本特開昭63-277653號公報、日本特開昭63-260909號公報、日本特開平01-105238號公報中所記載之在分子內具有胺基結構或硫化物結構之化合物亦為較佳。又,作為聚合性單體,還能夠使用UA-7200(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)、DPHA-40H(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(Kyoeisha Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等市售品。As the polymerizable monomer, the carbamate described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 48-041708, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 51-037193, Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-032293, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 02-016765 were used. Acrylic acid esters, Japanese Patent Publication No. 58-049860, Japanese Patent Publication No. 56-017654, Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039417, and Japanese Patent Publication No. 62-039418 have ethylene oxide. The carbamate compound of the skeleton, JP-A 63-277653, JP-A 63-260909, JP-A 01-105238, which have an amino group structure in the molecule, or Compounds of sulfide structure are also preferred. In addition, as polymerizable monomers, UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA -306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.) and other commercially available products.

聚合性樹脂的重量平均分子量係3000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳,7000以上為進一步較佳,10000以上為特佳。又,聚合性樹脂的重量平均分子量係50000以下為較佳,40000以下為更佳,30000以下為進一步較佳。The weight average molecular weight of the polymerizable resin is preferably 3,000 or more, more preferably 5,000 or more, more preferably 7,000 or more, and particularly preferably 10,000 or more. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of the polymerizable resin is preferably 50,000 or less, more preferably 40,000 or less, and more preferably 30,000 or less.

聚合性樹脂的乙烯性不飽和基團值(以下,還稱為C=C值)係0.05~5.0mmol/g為較佳。上限係4.0mmol/g以下為更佳,3.0mmol/g以下為進一步較佳,2.0mmol/g以下為更進一步較佳,1.0mmol/g以下為特佳。下限係0.1mmol/g以上為較佳,0.2mmol/g以上為更佳。聚合性樹脂的C=C值為表示每1g聚合性樹脂的固體成分的乙烯性不飽和基團的莫耳量之數值。關於聚合性樹脂的C=C值,能夠藉由鹼處理從聚合性樹脂中提取乙烯性不飽和基團部位的低分子成分(a),藉由高效液相色譜法(HPLC)測量其含量,並依據下述式進行計算。又,在藉由鹼處理無法從聚合性樹脂中提取乙烯性不飽和基團部位之情形下,使用藉由NMR法(核磁共振)測量出之值。 聚合性樹脂的C=C值[mmol/g]=(低分子成分(a)的含量[ppm]/低分子成分(a)的分子量[g/mol])/(聚合性樹脂的秤量值[g]×(聚合性樹脂液的固體成分濃度[質量%]/100)×10)The ethylenically unsaturated group value (hereinafter, also referred to as C=C value) of the polymerizable resin is preferably 0.05 to 5.0 mmol/g. The upper limit is more preferably 4.0 mmol/g or less, more preferably 3.0 mmol/g or less, more preferably 2.0 mmol/g or less, and particularly preferably 1.0 mmol/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.1 mmol/g or more, and more preferably 0.2 mmol/g or more. The C=C value of the polymerizable resin represents the molar amount of the ethylenically unsaturated group per 1 g of the solid content of the polymerizable resin. Regarding the C=C value of polymerizable resin, the low-molecular component (a) of the ethylenically unsaturated group can be extracted from the polymerizable resin by alkali treatment, and its content can be measured by high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), And calculate according to the following formula. In addition, in the case where the ethylenically unsaturated group site cannot be extracted from the polymerizable resin by alkali treatment, the value measured by the NMR method (nuclear magnetic resonance) is used. C=C value of polymerizable resin [mmol/g]=(content of low molecular component (a) [ppm]/molecular weight of low molecular component (a) [g/mol])/(weight value of polymerizable resin[ g]×(Solid content concentration of polymerizable resin liquid [mass%]/100)×10)

聚合性樹脂包含在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元為較佳,包含由下述式(A-1-1)表示之重複單元為更佳。又,聚合性樹脂中,在聚合性樹脂的所有重複單元中,含有10莫耳%以上的在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元為較佳,含有10~80莫耳%為更佳,含有20~70莫耳%為進一步較佳。 [化學式18]

Figure 02_image035
The polymerizable resin preferably contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain, and more preferably contains a repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-1). In addition, among all the repeating units of the polymerizable resin, the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain is preferably contained at 10 mol% or more, and the content is 10 to 80 mol%. More preferably, it is more preferable to contain 20 to 70 mol%. [Chemical formula 18]
Figure 02_image035

式(A-1-1)中,X1 表示重複單元的主鏈,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Y1 表示乙烯性不飽和基團。In formula (A-1-1), X 1 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Y 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group.

式(A-1-1)中,作為X1 所表示之重複單元的主鏈,並無特別限定。只要係由公知的能夠聚合之單體形成之連接基,則並無特別限制。例如,可舉出聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚伸烷基亞胺系連接基、聚酯系連接基、聚聚胺酯酯系連接基、聚脲系連接基、聚醯胺系連接基、聚醚系連接基、聚苯乙烯系連接基等,就原材料的獲得性、製造適性的觀點而言,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基、聚伸烷基亞胺系連接基為較佳,聚(甲基)丙烯酸系連接基為更佳。In formula (A-1-1), the main chain of the repeating unit represented by X 1 is not particularly limited. As long as it is a linking group formed from a known polymerizable monomer, it is not particularly limited. For example, poly(meth)acrylic linking group, polyalkyleneimine linking group, polyester linking group, polyurethane ester linking group, polyurea linking group, polyamide linking group can be mentioned. , Polyether-based linking group, polystyrene-based linking group, etc., from the viewpoint of availability of raw materials and manufacturing suitability, poly(meth)acrylic linking group and polyalkyleneimine-based linking group are preferred , The poly(meth)acrylic linking group is better.

式(A-1-1)中,作為L1 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷氧基)、氧伸烷基羰基(較佳為碳數1~12的氧伸烷基羰基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。伸烷基、伸烷氧基中的伸烷基、氧伸烷基羰基中的伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基、伸烷氧基中的伸烷基、氧伸烷基羰基中的伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出羥基、烷氧基等,就製造適性的觀點而言,羥基為較佳。In the formula (A-1-1), examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons), and an alkoxy group (preferably Is an alkoxyl group having 1 to 12 carbons), an oxyalkylene carbonyl group (preferably an oxyalkylene carbonyl group having 1 to 12 carbons), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbons) Group), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a combination of two or more of these groups. The alkylene group, the alkylene group in the alkoxy group, and the alkylene group in the oxyalkylene carbonyl group can be any of linear, branched and cyclic. good. In addition, the alkylene group, the alkylene group in the alkylene group, and the alkylene group in the oxyalkylene carbonyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, etc. are mentioned, From the viewpoint of manufacturing suitability, a hydroxyl group is preferable.

式(A-1-1)中,作為Y1 所表示之乙烯性不飽和基團,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、烯丙基、甲基烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、桂皮醯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基,(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳,丙烯醯基為特佳。In the formula (A-1-1), examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group represented by Y 1 include vinyl group, vinyloxy group, allyl group, methallyl group, and (meth)acryloyl group. , Styryl, cinnamyl and maleimidyl, (meth)acrylic, styryl, maleicimino are preferred, and (meth)acrylic is More preferably, acrylic is particularly preferred.

作為由式(A-1-1)表示之重複單元的具體例,可舉出由下述式(A-1-1a)表示之重複單元、由下述式(A-1-1b)表示之重複單元等。 [化學式19]

Figure 02_image037
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-1-1) include the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-1a), and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-1b) Repeating units, etc. [Chemical formula 19]
Figure 02_image037

式(A-1-1a)中,Ra1 ~Ra3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,Q1a 表示-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-或伸苯基,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Y1 表示乙烯性不飽和基團。Ra1 ~Ra3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳,1為進一步較佳。Q1a 係-COO-或-CONH-為較佳,-COO-為更佳。In formula (A-1-1a), R a1 to R a3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Q 1a represents -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- or phenylene, L 1 It represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Y 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group. The alkyl group represented by R a1 to R a3 preferably has a carbon number of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1. Q 1a is preferably -COO- or -CONH-, more preferably -COO-.

式(A-1-1b)中,Ra10 及Ra11 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,m1表示1~5的整數,L1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,Y1 表示乙烯性不飽和基團。Ra10 及Ra11 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳。In the formula (A-1-1b), R a10 and R a11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, m1 represents an integer of 1 to 5, L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and Y 1 represents ethylenic Unsaturated group. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R a10 and R a11 is preferably from 1 to 10, and more preferably from 1 to 3.

聚合性樹脂還包含具有接枝鏈之重複單元為較佳。聚合性樹脂包含具有接枝鏈之重複單元,藉此藉由基於接枝鏈之立體位阻能夠更有效地抑制顏料A的凝聚等。又,在形成硬化膜時,聚合性樹脂還能夠在顏料A的附近聚合而使顏料A牢固地保持於膜中,還能夠更有效地抑制由加熱引起之顏料A的熱擴散,而形成耐熱性更優異的硬化膜。聚合性樹脂含有聚合性樹脂的所有重複單元中的1.0~60莫耳%的具有接枝鏈之重複單元為較佳,含有1.5~50莫耳%為更佳。包含具有接枝鏈之重複單元之聚合性樹脂較佳地用作分散劑。It is preferable that the polymerizable resin further contains a repeating unit having a graft chain. The polymerizable resin contains a repeating unit having a graft chain, whereby the steric hindrance based on the graft chain can more effectively inhibit the aggregation of the pigment A and the like. In addition, when the cured film is formed, the polymerizable resin can also polymerize near the pigment A to firmly hold the pigment A in the film, and can more effectively inhibit the thermal diffusion of the pigment A caused by heating, thereby forming heat resistance. A more excellent cured film. The polymerizable resin preferably contains 1.0-60 mol% of the repeating units having a graft chain among all the repeating units of the polymerizable resin, and more preferably 1.5-50 mol%. A polymerizable resin containing a repeating unit having a graft chain is preferably used as a dispersant.

本發明中,接枝鏈係指從重複單元的主鏈分支而延伸之聚合物鏈。關於接枝鏈的長度,並無特別限制,若接枝鏈變長則立體排斥效果變高,能夠提高顏料A等的分散性。作為接枝鏈,除氫原子以外之原子數較佳為40~10000,除氫原子以外之原子數更佳為50~2000,除氫原子以外之原子數進而較佳為60~500。In the present invention, the graft chain refers to a polymer chain that branches and extends from the main chain of the repeating unit. The length of the graft chain is not particularly limited. If the graft chain becomes longer, the steric repulsion effect becomes higher, and the dispersibility of pigment A and the like can be improved. As the graft chain, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is preferably from 40 to 10,000, the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is more preferably from 50 to 2,000, and the number of atoms other than hydrogen atoms is more preferably from 60 to 500.

接枝鏈包含選自聚酯重複單元、聚醚重複單元、聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元、聚聚胺酯酯重複單元、聚脲重複單元及聚醯胺重複單元中之至少1種結構的重複單元為較佳,包含選自聚酯重複單元、聚醚重複單元及聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元中之至少1種結構的重複單元為更佳,包含聚酯重複單元為進一步較佳。作為聚酯重複單元,可舉出由下述式(G-1)、式(G-4)或式(G-5)表示之結構的重複單元。又,作為聚醚重複單元,可舉出由下述式(G-2)表示之結構的重複單元。又,作為聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元,可舉出由下述式(G-3)表示之結構的重複單元。 [化學式20]

Figure 02_image039
The graft chain includes a repeating unit of at least one structure selected from the group consisting of polyester repeating units, polyether repeating units, poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating units, polyurethane ester repeating units, polyurea repeating units, and polyamide repeating units Preferably, a repeating unit containing at least one structure selected from a polyester repeating unit, a polyether repeating unit, and a poly(meth)acrylic repeating unit is more preferred, and a polyester repeating unit is even more preferred. As a polyester repeating unit, the repeating unit of the structure represented by the following formula (G-1), a formula (G-4), or a formula (G-5) is mentioned. Moreover, as a polyether repeating unit, the repeating unit of the structure represented by the following formula (G-2) is mentioned. Moreover, as a poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating unit, the repeating unit of the structure represented by the following formula (G-3) is mentioned. [Chemical formula 20]
Figure 02_image039

上述式中,RG1 及RG2 分別表示伸烷基。作為由RG1 及RG2 表示之伸烷基,並無特別限制,但是碳數1~20的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2~16的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為更佳,碳數3~12的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為進一步較佳。 上述式中,RG3 表示氫原子或甲基。 上述式中,QG1 表示-O-或-NH-,LG1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基。作為2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷氧基)、氧伸烷基羰基(較佳為碳數1~12的氧伸烷基羰基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。 RG4 表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基等。In the above formula, R G1 and R G2 each represent an alkylene group. The alkylene group represented by R G1 and R G2 is not particularly limited, but a linear or branched alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is preferred. A branched alkylene group is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. In the above formula, R G3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the above formula, Q G1 represents -O- or -NH-, and L G1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. As the divalent linking group, an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons), an alkoxyl group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons), oxygen extension Alkylcarbonyl (preferably oxyalkylenecarbonyl having 1 to 12 carbons), arylene (preferably arylene having 6 to 20 carbons), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2- , -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these. R G4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylsulfide group, an arylsulfide group, and a heteroarylsulfide group.

作為接枝鏈的末端結構,並無特別限定。可以為氫原子,亦可以為取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基等。其中,就提高色材等的分散性之觀點而言,具有立體排斥效果之基團為較佳,碳數5~24的烷基或者烷氧基為較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一者,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。The terminal structure of the graft chain is not particularly limited. It may be a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylsulfide group, an arylsulfide group, and a heteroarylsulfide group. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of color materials and the like, a group having a steric repulsion effect is preferred, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

本發明中,作為接枝鏈,由下述式(G-1a)、式(G-2a)、式(G-3a)、式(G-4a)或式(G-5a)表示之結構為較佳。 [化學式21]

Figure 02_image041
In the present invention, as the graft chain, the structure represented by the following formula (G-1a), formula (G-2a), formula (G-3a), formula (G-4a) or formula (G-5a) is Better. [Chemical formula 21]
Figure 02_image041

上述式中,RG1 及RG2 分別表示伸烷基,RG3 表示氫原子或甲基,QG1 表示-O-或-NH-,LG1 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,RG4 表示氫原子或取代基,W100 表示氫原子或取代基。n1~n5分別獨立地表示2以上的整數。關於RG1 ~RG4 、QG1 、LG1 ,與在式(G-1)~(G-5)中說明之RG1 ~RG4 、QG1 、LG1 含義相同,其較佳範圍亦相同。In the above formula, R G1 and R G2 each represent an alkylene group, R G3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, Q G1 represents -O- or -NH-, L G1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R G4 represents A hydrogen atom or a substituent, and W 100 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. n1 to n5 each independently represent an integer of 2 or more. Regarding R G1 to R G4 , Q G1 , and L G1 , they have the same meanings as R G1 to R G4 , Q G1 , and L G1 described in formulas (G-1) to (G-5), and their preferred ranges are also the same .

式(G-1a)~(G-5a)中,W100 係取代基為較佳。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基等。其中,就提高色材等的分散性之觀點而言,具有立體排斥效果之基團為較佳,碳數5~24的烷基或者烷氧基為較佳。烷基及烷氧基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一者,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。In formulas (G-1a) to (G-5a), W 100- based substituents are preferred. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryloxy group, an alkylsulfide group, an arylsulfide group, and a heteroarylsulfide group. Among them, from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility of color materials and the like, a group having a steric repulsive effect is preferable, and an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 5 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable. The alkyl group and the alkoxy group may be any of linear, branched, and cyclic, and linear or branched is preferred.

式(G-1a)~(G-5a)中,n1~n5分別係2~100的整數為較佳,2~80的整數為更佳,8~60的整數為進一步較佳。In formulas (G-1a) to (G-5a), it is preferable that n1 to n5 are an integer of 2 to 100, respectively, an integer of 2 to 80 is more preferable, and an integer of 8 to 60 is more preferable.

式(G-1a)中,n1為2以上時的各重複單元中的RG1 彼此可以相同,亦可以不同。又,在RG1 包含2種以上的不同的重複單元之情形下,各重複單元的排列並無特別限定,可以為隨機、交替及嵌段中的任一種。在式(G-2a)~式(G-5a)中亦相同。In the formula (G-1a), when n1 is 2 or more, R G1 in each repeating unit may be the same as or different from each other. In addition, when R G1 includes two or more different repeating units, the arrangement of each repeating unit is not particularly limited, and may be any of random, alternating, and block. The same applies to formulas (G-2a) to (G-5a).

作為具有接枝鏈之重複單元,可舉出由下述式(A-1-2)表示之重複單元。 [化學式22]

Figure 02_image043
Examples of the repeating unit having a graft chain include repeating units represented by the following formula (A-1-2). [Chemical formula 22]
Figure 02_image043

式(A-1-2)中,X2 表示重複單元的主鏈,L2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,W1 表示接枝鏈。作為式(A-1-2)中的X2 所表示之重複單元的主鏈,可舉出在式(A-1-1)的X1 中說明之結構,較佳的範圍亦相同。作為式(A-1-2)中的L2 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。作為式(A-1-2)中的W1 所表示之接枝鏈,可舉出上述之接枝鏈。In formula (A-1-2), X 2 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and W 1 represents a graft chain. As the main chain of the repeating unit represented by X 2 in formula (A-1-2), the structure described in X 1 of formula (A-1-1) can be cited, and the preferred range is also the same. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 2 in the formula (A-1-2) include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons) and an arylene group (preferably C6-20 aryl group), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-, -S- and combinations of these 2 The group formed above. Examples of the graft chain represented by W 1 in formula (A-1-2) include the above-mentioned graft chains.

作為由式(A-1-2)表示之重複單元的具體例,可舉出由下述式(A-1-2a)表示之重複單元、由下述式(A-1-2b)表示之重複單元等。 [化學式23]

Figure 02_image045
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-1-2) include the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-2a), and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-2b) Repeating units, etc. [Chemical formula 23]
Figure 02_image045

式(A-1-2a)中,Rb1 ~Rb3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,Qb1 表示-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-或伸苯基,L2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,W1 表示接枝鏈。Rb1 ~Rb3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳,1為進一步較佳。Qb1 係-COO-或-CONH-為較佳,-COO-為更佳。In formula (A-1-2a), R b1 to R b3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Q b1 represents -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- or phenylene, L 2 Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and W 1 represents a graft chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R b1 to R b3 is preferably from 1 to 10, more preferably from 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1. Q b1 is preferably -COO- or -CONH-, more preferably -COO-.

式(A-1-2b)中,Rb10 及Rb11 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,m2表示1~5的整數,L2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,W1 表示接枝鏈。Rb10 及Rb11 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳。In the formula (A-1-2b), R b10 and R b11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, m2 represents an integer of 1 to 5, L 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and W 1 represents grafted chain. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R b10 and R b11 is preferably from 1 to 10, and more preferably from 1 to 3.

在聚合性樹脂包含具有接枝鏈之重複單元之情形下,具有接枝鏈之重複單元的重量平均分子量(Mw)係1000以上為較佳,1000~10000為更佳,1000~7500為進一步較佳。另外,本發明中,具有接枝鏈之重複單元的重量平均分子量為由用於相同的重複單元的聚合之原料單體的重量平均分子量計算出之值。例如,具有接枝鏈之重複單元能夠藉由使巨單體聚合來形成。在此,巨單體係指在聚合物末端導入有聚合性基團之高分子化合物。在使用巨單體形成具有接枝鏈之重複單元之情形下,巨單體的重量平均分子量相當於具有接枝鏈之重複單元。In the case that the polymerizable resin contains repeating units with grafted chains, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the repeating units with grafted chains is preferably 1000 or more, more preferably from 1000 to 10000, and more preferably from 1000 to 7500. good. In addition, in the present invention, the weight average molecular weight of the repeating unit having the graft chain is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material monomer used for the polymerization of the same repeating unit. For example, repeating units with grafted chains can be formed by polymerizing macromonomers. Here, the macromonomer system refers to a polymer compound with a polymerizable group introduced at the end of the polymer. In the case of using a macromonomer to form a repeating unit with a grafted chain, the weight average molecular weight of the macromonomer is equivalent to the repeating unit with a grafted chain.

聚合性樹脂還包含具有酸基之重複單元亦為較佳。藉由聚合性樹脂還包含具有酸基之重複單元,能夠進一步提高顏料A等的分散性。進而,還能夠提高顯影性。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。It is also preferable that the polymerizable resin further includes a repeating unit having an acid group. When the polymerizable resin further includes a repeating unit having an acid group, the dispersibility of the pigment A and the like can be further improved. Furthermore, the developability can also be improved. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

作為具有酸基之重複單元,可舉出由下述式(A-1-3)表示之重複單元。 [化學式24]

Figure 02_image047
Examples of the repeating unit having an acid group include repeating units represented by the following formula (A-1-3). [Chemical formula 24]
Figure 02_image047

式(A-1-3)中,X3 表示重複單元的主鏈,L3 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,A1 表示酸基。作為式(A-1-3)中的X3 所表示之重複單元的主鏈,可舉出在式(A-1-1)的X1 中說明之結構,較佳的範圍亦相同。作為式(A-1-3)中的L3 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸烯基(較佳為碳數2~12的伸烯基)、伸烷氧基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷氧基)、氧伸烷基羰基(較佳為碳數1~12的氧伸烷基羰基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、OCO-、-S-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。伸烷基、伸烷氧基中的伸烷基、氧伸烷基羰基中的伸烷基可以為直鏈狀、支鏈狀及環狀中的任一種,直鏈狀或支鏈狀為較佳。又,伸烷基、伸烷氧基中的伸烷基、氧伸烷基羰基中的伸烷基可以具有取代基,亦可以未經取代。作為取代基,可舉出羥基等。作為式(A-1-3)中的A1 所表示之酸基,可舉出羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基。In the formula (A-1-3), X 3 represents the main chain of the repeating unit, L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and A 1 represents an acid group. As the main chain of the repeating unit represented by X 3 in the formula (A-1-3), the structure described in X 1 of the formula (A-1-1) is exemplified, and the preferred range is also the same. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 3 in the formula (A-1-3) include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons) and an alkenylene group (preferably Alkenylene having 2 to 12 carbons), alkoxy (preferably alkoxy having 1 to 12 carbons), oxyalkylenecarbonyl (preferably oxyalkylene having 1 to 12 carbons) Carbonyl), arylene (preferably arylene with 6 to 20 carbons), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, OCO-,- S- and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group, the alkylene group in the alkoxy group, and the alkylene group in the oxyalkylene carbonyl group can be any of linear, branched and cyclic. good. In addition, the alkylene group, the alkylene group in the alkylene group, and the alkylene group in the oxyalkylene carbonyl group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. As a substituent, a hydroxyl group etc. are mentioned. Examples of the acid group represented by A 1 in the formula (A-1-3) include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, and a phosphoric acid group.

作為由式(A-1-3)表示之重複單元的具體例,可舉出由下述式(A-1-3a)表示之重複單元、由下述式(A-1-3b)表示之重複單元等。 [化學式25]

Figure 02_image049
Specific examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (A-1-3) include the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-3a), and the repeating unit represented by the following formula (A-1-3b) Repeating units, etc. [Chemical formula 25]
Figure 02_image049

式(A-1-3a)中,Rc1 ~Rc3 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,Qc1 表示-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-CONH-或伸苯基,L3 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,A1 表示酸基。Rc1 ~Rc3 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳,1為進一步較佳。Qc1 係-COO-或-CONH-為較佳,-COO-為更佳。In formula (A-1-3a), R c1 to R c3 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, Q c1 represents -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -CONH- or phenylene, L 3 Represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and A 1 represents an acid group. The carbon number of the alkyl group represented by R c1 to R c3 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 3, and even more preferably 1. Q c1 is preferably -COO- or -CONH-, more preferably -COO-.

式(A-1-3b)中,Rc10 及Rc11 分別獨立地表示氫原子或烷基,m3表示1~5的整數,L3 表示單鍵或2價的連接基,A1 表示酸基。Rc10 及Rc11 所表示之烷基的碳數係1~10為較佳,1~3為更佳。In the formula (A-1-3b), R c10 and R c11 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, m3 represents an integer of 1 to 5, L 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and A 1 represents an acid group . The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group represented by R c10 and R c11 is preferably 1-10, and more preferably 1-3.

在聚合性樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元之情形下,在聚合性樹脂的所有重複單元中,具有酸基之重複單元的含量係80莫耳%以下為較佳,10~80莫耳%為更佳。When the polymerizable resin contains repeating units having acid groups, in all repeating units of the polymerizable resin, the content of repeating units having acid groups is preferably 80 mol% or less, and 10 to 80 mol% is Better.

作為聚合性樹脂的酸值,20~150mgKOH/g為較佳。上限係100mgKOH/g以下為更佳。下限係30mgKOH/g以上為較佳,35mgKOH/g以上為更佳。若聚合性樹脂的酸值在上述範圍內,則容易獲得特別優異的分散性。進而,容易獲得優異的顯影性。The acid value of the polymerizable resin is preferably 20 to 150 mgKOH/g. The upper limit is more preferably 100 mgKOH/g or less. The lower limit is preferably 30 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 35 mgKOH/g or more. If the acid value of the polymerizable resin is within the above range, it is easy to obtain particularly excellent dispersibility. Furthermore, it is easy to obtain excellent developability.

又,聚合性樹脂能夠包含源自包含由下述式(ED1)表示之化合物和/或由下述式(ED2)表示之化合物(以下,有時還將該等化合物稱為“醚二聚物”。)之單體成分之重複單元作為其他重複單元。In addition, the polymerizable resin may contain a compound derived from a compound represented by the following formula (ED1) and/or a compound represented by the following formula (ED2) (hereinafter, these compounds may also be referred to as "ether dimers" ".) The repeating unit of the monomer component is used as the other repeating unit.

[化學式26]

Figure 02_image051
[Chemical formula 26]
Figure 02_image051

式(ED1)中,R1 及R2 分別獨立地表示氫原子或可以具有取代基之碳數1~25的烴基。 [化學式27]

Figure 02_image053
式(ED2)中,R表示氫原子或碳數1~30的有機基。作為由式(ED2)表示之化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-168539號公報中所記載之化合物。In the formula (ED1), R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 25 carbon atoms. [Chemical formula 27]
Figure 02_image053
In the formula (ED2), R represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. As a specific example of the compound represented by Formula (ED2), the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2010-168539 is mentioned.

作為醚二聚物的具體例,例如能夠參閱日本特開2013-029760號公報的段落號0317,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。醚二聚物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As a specific example of the ether dimer, for example, paragraph number 0317 of JP 2013-029760 A can be referred to, and this content is incorporated in this specification. There may be only one type of ether dimer, or two or more types.

本發明中,作為聚合性樹脂,還能夠使用由下述式(SP-1)表示之化合物(以下,還稱為化合物(SP-1))。化合物(SP-1)能夠較佳地用作分散劑。 [化學式28]

Figure 02_image055
式中,Z1 表示(m+n)價的連接基, Y1 及Y2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或連接基, A1 表示包含顏料吸附部之基團, P1 表示聚合物鏈, n表示1~20,m表示1~20,m+n為3~21, n個Y1 及A1 可以各自相同,亦可以不同, m個Y2 及P1 可以各自相同,亦可以不同, Z1 、A1 及P1 中的至少1個表示乙烯性不飽和基團。In the present invention, as the polymerizable resin, a compound represented by the following formula (SP-1) (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (SP-1)) can also be used. The compound (SP-1) can be preferably used as a dispersant. [Chemical formula 28]
Figure 02_image055
In the formula, Z 1 represents a linking group with (m+n) valence, Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group, A 1 represents a group containing a pigment adsorption part, P 1 represents a polymer chain, n Represents 1-20, m represents 1-20, m+n is 3-21, n Y 1 and A 1 may be the same or different, m Y 2 and P 1 may be the same or different, Z 1. At least one of A 1 and P 1 represents an ethylenically unsaturated group.

作為化合物(SP-1)中所含之乙烯性不飽和基團,可舉出乙烯基、乙烯氧基、烯丙基、甲基烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、桂皮醯基及順丁烯二醯亞胺基,(甲基)丙烯醯基、苯乙烯基、順丁烯二醯亞胺基為較佳,(甲基)丙烯醯基為更佳,丙烯醯基為特佳。Examples of the ethylenically unsaturated group contained in the compound (SP-1) include vinyl, vinyloxy, allyl, methallyl, (meth)acryloyl, styryl, Cinnamyl and maleimide groups, (meth)acrylic acid groups, styryl groups, maleic acid imino groups are preferred, (meth)acrylic acid groups are more preferred, and acrylic acid groups are more preferred. The base is especially good.

化合物(SP-1)中,乙烯性不飽和基團包含在Z1 、A1 及P1 中的任一個中即可,但是包含在P1 中為較佳。又,在P1 包含乙烯性不飽和基團之情形下,P1 係具有在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元之聚合物鏈為較佳。In the compound (SP-1), the ethylenically unsaturated group may be contained in any one of Z 1 , A 1 and P 1 , but it is preferably contained in P 1. Moreover, when P 1 contains an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is preferable that P 1 is a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain.

式(SP-1)中,A1 表示包含顏料吸附部之基團。作為顏料吸附部,可舉出有機色素結構、雜環結構、酸基、具有鹼性氮原子之基團、脲基、胺基甲酸酯基、具有配位性氧原子之基團、碳數4以上的烴基、烷氧基矽基、環氧基、異氰酸酯基及羥基,雜環結構、酸基、具有鹼性氮原子之基團、碳數4以上的烴基、羥基為較佳,就色材的分散性的觀點而言,酸基為更佳。作為酸基,可舉出羧基、磺基、磷酸基,羧基為較佳。In formula (SP-1), A 1 represents a group containing a pigment adsorption part. As the pigment adsorption part, there can be mentioned organic pigment structure, heterocyclic structure, acid group, group having basic nitrogen atom, urea group, urethane group, group having coordinated oxygen atom, carbon number 4 or more hydrocarbon groups, alkoxysilyl groups, epoxy groups, isocyanate groups and hydroxyl groups, heterocyclic structures, acid groups, groups with basic nitrogen atoms, hydrocarbon groups with 4 or more carbon atoms, and hydroxyl groups are preferred. From the viewpoint of the dispersibility of the material, the acid group is more preferable. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphoric acid group, and a carboxyl group is preferred.

關於顏料吸附部,在1個A1 中包含至少1個即可,亦可以包含2個以上。A1 包含1~10個顏料吸附部為較佳,包含1~6個為更佳。又,作為A1 所表示之包含顏料吸附部之基團,可舉出前述顏料吸附部與由1~200個碳原子、0~20個氮原子、0~100個氧原子、1~400個氫原子及0~40個硫原子組成之連接基鍵結而形成之基團。例如,可舉出經由碳數1~10的鏈狀飽和烴基、碳數3~10的環狀飽和烴基或碳數5~10的芳香族烴基而與1個以上的顏料吸附部鍵結而形成之基團等。上述鏈狀飽和烴基、環狀飽和烴基及芳香族烴基可以進一步具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出碳數1~20的烷基、碳數6~16的芳基、羥基、胺基、羧基、磺酸醯胺基、N-磺醯基醯胺基、碳數1~6的醯氧基、碳數1~20的烷氧基、鹵素原子、碳數2~7的烷氧基羰基、氰基、碳酸酯基及光硬化性基團等。又,在顏料吸附部本身能夠構成1價的基團之情形下,顏料吸附部其本身可以為A1Adsorbed on the pigment portion, in one of the A 1 can comprise at least 1, it may also comprise two or more. A 1 preferably contains 1 to 10 pigment adsorption parts, and more preferably contains 1 to 6 pigment adsorption parts. In addition, as the group containing the pigment adsorbing portion represented by A 1 , the aforementioned pigment adsorbing portion and the group consisting of 1 to 200 carbon atoms, 0 to 20 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 100 oxygen atoms, and 1 to 400 can be mentioned. A group formed by bonding a hydrogen atom and a linking group composed of 0-40 sulfur atoms. For example, it can be formed by bonding with one or more pigment adsorption parts via a chain saturated hydrocarbon group with 1 to 10 carbons, a cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group with 3 to 10 carbons, or an aromatic hydrocarbon group with 5 to 10 carbons. The group and so on. The above-mentioned chain saturated hydrocarbon group, cyclic saturated hydrocarbon group, and aromatic hydrocarbon group may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbons, an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbons, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonamide group, an N-sulfonamide group, and a carbon number 1. -6 acyloxy groups, C 1-20 alkoxy groups, halogen atoms, C 2-7 alkoxycarbonyl groups, cyano groups, carbonate groups, photocurable groups, and the like. In addition, when the pigment adsorption unit itself can constitute a monovalent group, the pigment adsorption unit itself may be A 1 .

又,作為A1 的化學式量,30~2000為較佳。上限係1000以下為較佳,800以下為更佳。下限係50以上為較佳,100以上為更佳。若A1 的化學式量在上述範圍內,則相對於色材之吸附性良好。另外,A1 的化學式量為依據結構式計算出之值。In addition, as the chemical formula weight of A 1 , 30 to 2,000 are preferable. The upper limit is preferably 1000 or less, and more preferably 800 or less. The lower limit is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 100 or more. If the chemical formula weight of A 1 is within the above range, the adsorptivity to the color material will be good. In addition, the chemical formula weight of A 1 is a value calculated based on the structural formula.

式(SP-1)中,Z1 表示(m+n)價的連接基。作為(m+n)價的連接基,可舉出由1~100個碳原子、0~10個氮原子、0~50個氧原子、1~200個氫原子及0~20個硫原子組成之基團。作為(m+n)價的連接基,可舉出下述結構單元或組合2個以上的以下的結構單元而構成之基團(可以形成環結構)。In formula (SP-1), Z 1 represents a (m+n)-valent linking group. As the (m+n) valence linking group, it is composed of 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms. The group. Examples of the (m+n)-valent linking group include the following structural units or a group formed by combining two or more of the following structural units (which may form a ring structure).

[化學式29]

Figure 02_image057
[Chemical formula 29]
Figure 02_image057

作為Z1 的化學式量,20~3000為較佳。上限係2000以下為較佳,1500以下為更佳。下限係50以上為較佳,100以上為更佳。另外,Z1 的化學式量為依據結構式計算出之值。關於(m+n)價的連接基的具體例,能夠參閱日本特開2014-177613號公報的段落號0043~0055,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。As the weight of the chemical formula of Z 1 , 20 to 3000 is preferred. The upper limit is preferably 2000 or less, and more preferably 1500 or less. The lower limit is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 100 or more. In addition, the chemical formula weight of Z 1 is a value calculated based on the structural formula. For specific examples of the (m+n)-valent linking group, refer to paragraph numbers 0043 to 0055 of JP 2014-177613 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

式(SP-1)中,Y1 及Y2 分別獨立地表示單鍵或連接基。作為連接基,可舉出由1~100個碳原子、0~10個氮原子、0~50個氧原子、1~200個氫原子及0~20個硫原子組成之基團。上述基團還可以具有上述之取代基。作為Y1 及Y2 所表示之連接基,能夠舉出下述結構單元或組合2個以上的以下的結構單元而構成之基團。In formula (SP-1), Y 1 and Y 2 each independently represent a single bond or a linking group. Examples of the linking group include groups composed of 1 to 100 carbon atoms, 0 to 10 nitrogen atoms, 0 to 50 oxygen atoms, 1 to 200 hydrogen atoms, and 0 to 20 sulfur atoms. The above-mentioned groups may also have the above-mentioned substituents. Examples of the linking group represented by Y 1 and Y 2 include the following structural units or groups formed by combining two or more of the following structural units.

[化學式30]

Figure 02_image059
[Chemical formula 30]
Figure 02_image059

式(SP-1)中,P1 表示聚合物鏈。作為P1 所表示之聚合物鏈,在主鏈中具有選自聚(甲基)丙烯酸重複單元、聚醚重複單元、聚酯重複單元、聚醯胺重複單元、聚醯亞胺重複單元、聚亞胺重複單元及聚聚胺酯酯重複單元中之至少1種重複單元之聚合物鏈為較佳。又,P1 所表示之聚合物鏈係包含由下述式(P1-1)~(P1-5)表示之重複單元之聚合物鏈為較佳。 [化學式31]

Figure 02_image061
In the formula (SP-1), P 1 represents a polymer chain. As the polymer chain represented by P 1 , it has a poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating unit, a polyether repeating unit, a polyester repeating unit, a polyamide repeating unit, a polyimine repeating unit, and a poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating unit, a polyether repeating unit, a polyester repeating unit, a polyimide repeating unit, and a poly(meth)acrylic acid repeating unit in the main chain. The polymer chain of at least one of the imine repeating unit and the polyurethane repeating unit is preferable. And, P 1 represents a polymer chain of the system comprises a polymer chain of repeating units represented by the following formula (P1-1) ~ (P1-5) is preferred. [Chemical formula 31]
Figure 02_image061

上述式中,RG1 及RG2 分別表示伸烷基。作為由RG1 及RG2 表示之伸烷基,碳數1~20的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為較佳,碳數2~16的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為更佳,碳數3~12的直鏈狀或支鏈狀的伸烷基為進一步較佳。伸烷基可以具有取代基。作為取代基,可舉出芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基、乙烯性不飽和基團等。 上述式中,RG3 表示氫原子或甲基。 上述式中,QG1 表示-O-或-NH-,LG1 表示單鍵或伸芳基,LG2 表示單鍵或2價的連接基。QG1 係-O-為較佳。LG1 係單鍵為較佳。作為LG2 所表示之2價的連接基,可舉出伸烷基(較佳為碳數1~12的伸烷基)、伸芳基(較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO2 -、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-、-NHCO-、-CONH-及組合該等中的2個以上而成之基團。 RG4 表示氫原子或取代基。作為取代基,可舉出烷基、芳基、雜芳基、烷氧基、芳氧基、雜芳氧基、烷基硫醚基、芳硫醚基、雜芳硫醚基、乙烯性不飽和基團、酸基等。In the above formula, R G1 and R G2 each represent an alkylene group. As the alkylene represented by R G1 and R G2 , a linear or branched alkylene having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred, and a linear or branched alkylene having 2 to 16 carbon atoms is preferred. The group is more preferable, and a linear or branched alkylene group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms is more preferable. The alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, heteroaryloxy groups, alkyl sulfide groups, aryl sulfide groups, heteroaryl sulfide groups, and ethylenically unsaturated groups. Wait. In the above formula, R G3 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. In the above formula, Q G1 represents -O- or -NH-, L G1 represents a single bond or an aryl group, and L G2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Q G1 series -O- is preferred. L G1 is preferably a single bond. As the divalent linking group represented by L G2 , an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbons) and an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbons) , -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, -NHCO-, -CONH- and combinations of 2 or more The group is formed. R G4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of substituents include alkyl groups, aryl groups, heteroaryl groups, alkoxy groups, aryloxy groups, heteroaryloxy groups, alkyl sulfide groups, aryl sulfide groups, heteroaryl sulfide groups, and ethylenic groups. Saturated groups, acid groups, etc.

P1 中的、前述重複單元的重複數係3~2000為較佳。上限係1500以下為較佳,1000以下為更佳。下限係5以上為較佳,7以上為更佳。又,P1 為具有在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元之聚合物鏈為較佳。又,構成P1 之所有重複單元中的、在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元的比例係1莫耳%以上為較佳,2莫耳%以上為更佳,3莫耳%以上為進一步較佳。上限能夠設為100莫耳%。又,在P1 為具有在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元之聚合物鏈之情形下,除了在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元以外,P1 還包含其他重複單元亦為較佳。作為其他重複單元,可舉出在側鏈上包含酸基之重複單元等。除了在側鏈上包含乙烯性不飽和基團之重複單元以外,P1 還包含在側鏈上包含酸基之重複單元,藉此在藉由光微影法形成圖案時,能夠更有效地抑制顯影殘渣的產生。在P1 包含在側鏈上包含酸基之重複單元之情形下,構成P1 之所有重複單元中的、在側鏈上包含酸基之重複單元的比例係50莫耳%以下為較佳,2~48莫耳%為更佳,4~46莫耳%為進一步較佳。P 1 is, the number of repetitions of the repeating unit based 3 to 2000 are preferred. The upper limit is preferably 1500 or less, and more preferably 1000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 5 or more, and more preferably 7 or more. In addition, P 1 is preferably a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain. In addition, among all the repeating units constituting P 1 , the ratio of the repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% or more, and 3 mol% % Or more is more preferable. The upper limit can be set to 100 mol%. In addition, when P 1 is a polymer chain having a repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain, in addition to the repeating unit containing an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain, P 1 also contains Other repeating units are also preferred. As other repeating units, repeating units containing an acid group in a side chain, etc. are mentioned. In addition to repeating units containing ethylenically unsaturated groups on the side chain, P 1 also includes repeating units containing acid groups on the side chain, which can more effectively inhibit the pattern formation by photolithography. Development of residues. In the case of P 1 comprising repeating units containing an acid group in the side chain, the repeating units constituting the P 1, the ratio of repeating units comprising an acid group in the side chain of the system is preferably 50 mole% or less, 2 to 48 mol% is more preferable, and 4 to 46 mol% is still more preferable.

P1 所表示之聚合物鏈的重量平均分子量係1000以上為較佳,1000~10000為更佳。上限係9000以下為較佳,6000以下為更佳,3000以下為進一步較佳。下限係1200以上為較佳,1400以上為更佳。另外,P1 的重量平均分子量為由用於相同的聚合物鏈的導入之原料的重量平均分子量計算出之值。The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain represented by P 1 is preferably 1,000 or more, more preferably 1,000 to 10,000. The upper limit is preferably 9000 or less, more preferably 6000 or less, and more preferably 3000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 1200 or more, and more preferably 1400 or more. In addition, the weight average molecular weight of P 1 is a value calculated from the weight average molecular weight of the raw material used for the introduction of the same polymer chain.

(具有環氧基之化合物) 本發明中,作為用作硬化性化合物之具有環氧基之化合物(以下,還稱為環氧化合物),較佳地使用在1分子內具有2個以上的環氧基之化合物。環氧化合物的環氧基的數量的上限係100個以下為較佳,10個以下為更佳,5個以下為進一步較佳。(Compounds with epoxy groups) In the present invention, as a compound having an epoxy group (hereinafter, also referred to as an epoxy compound) used as a curable compound, a compound having two or more epoxy groups in one molecule is preferably used. The upper limit of the number of epoxy groups in the epoxy compound is preferably 100 or less, more preferably 10 or less, and even more preferably 5 or less.

環氧化合物的環氧當量(=具有環氧基之化合物的分子量/環氧基的數)係500g/eq以下為較佳,100~400g/eq為更佳,100~300g/eq為進一步較佳。The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (= the molecular weight of the epoxy group/the number of epoxy groups) is preferably 500 g/eq or less, 100 to 400 g/eq is more preferably, and 100 to 300 g/eq is more good.

環氧化合物可以為低分子化合物(例如分子量小於1000),亦可以為高分子化合物(macromolecule)(例如,分子量為1000以上,在聚合物的情況下,重量平均分子量為1000以上)。環氧化合物的分子量(在聚合物之情形下,為重量平均分子量)係200~100000為較佳,500~50000為更佳。分子量(在聚合物之情形下,為重量平均分子量)的上限係3000以下為較佳,2000以下為更佳,1500以下為進一步較佳。The epoxy compound may be a low-molecular compound (for example, a molecular weight of less than 1000), or a macromolecule (for example, a molecular weight of 1000 or more, in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more). The molecular weight of the epoxy compound (in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight) is preferably 200 to 100,000, and more preferably 500 to 50,000. The upper limit of the molecular weight (in the case of a polymer, the weight average molecular weight) is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1500 or less.

作為環氧化合物,亦能夠使用日本特開2013-011869號公報的段落號0034~0036、日本特開2014-043556號公報的段落號0147~0156、日本特開2014-089408號公報的段落號0085~0092中所記載之化合物。該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為環氧化合物的市售品,例如,作為雙酚A型環氧樹脂,係jER825、jER827、jER828、jER834、jER1001、jER1002、jER1003、jER1055、jER1007、jER1009、jER1010(以上為Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)、EPICLON860、EPICLON1050、EPICLON1051、EPICLON1055(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等,作為雙酚F型環氧樹脂,係jER806、jER807、jER4004、jER4005、jER4007、jER4010(以上為Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)、EPICLON830、EPICLON835(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等,作為苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂,jER152、jER154、jER157S70、jER157S65(以上為Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)、EPICLON N-740、EPICLON N-770、 EPICLON N-775(以上為DIC Corporation製造)等,作為甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂,係EPICLON N-660、EPICLON N-665、EPICLON N-670、EPICLON N-673、EPICLON N-680、EPICLON N-690、EPICLON N-695(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、EOCN-1020(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造)等,作為脂肪族環氧樹脂,係ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、CELLOXIDE2021P、CELLOXIDE2081、CELLOXIDE2083、CELLOXIDE2085、EHPE3150、EPOLEAD PB 3600、EPOLEAD PB 4700(以上為Daicel Corporation製造)、DENACOL EX-212L、EX-214L、EX-216L、EX-321L、EX-850L(以上為Nagase ChemteX Corporation製造)等。除此之外,可舉出ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S、ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)、jER1031S(Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation製造)等。As the epoxy compound, paragraph numbers 0034 to 0036 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-011869, paragraph numbers 0147 to 0156 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-043556, and paragraph number 0085 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-089408 can also be used. ~0092 The compound described in. These contents are incorporated into this manual. As commercial products of epoxy compounds, for example, as bisphenol A epoxy resins, jER825, jER827, jER828, jER834, jER1001, jER1002, jER1003, jER1055, jER1007, jER1009, jER1010 (the above are manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation) , EPICLON860, EPICLON1050, EPICLON1051, EPICLON1055 (manufactured by DIC Corporation above), etc., as bisphenol F type epoxy resin, jER806, jER807, jER4004, jER4005, jER4007, jER4010 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation above), EPICLON830, EPICLON835 (The above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), LCE-21, RE-602S (the above are manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc., as phenol novolac type epoxy resins, jER152, jER154, jER157S70, jER157S65 (the above are Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), EPICLON N-740, EPICLON N-770, EPICLON N-775 (the above are manufactured by DIC Corporation), etc., as cresol novolac type epoxy resin, EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N -670, EPICLON N-673, EPICLON N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (manufactured by DIC Corporation), EOCN-1020 (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), etc., as aliphatic epoxy Resin, ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S (above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), CELLOXIDE2021P, CELLOXIDE2081, CELLOXIDE2083, CELLOXIDE2085, EHPE3150, EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above are Daicel Corporation Manufacturing), DENACOL EX-212L, EX-214L, EX-216L, EX-321L, EX-850L (the above are Nagase ChemteX Corporation (manufactured by Nagase ChemteX Corporation), etc. In addition, ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300 , XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), jER1031S (manufactured by Mitsubishi Chemical Corporation), etc.

在著色組成物的總固體成分中,硬化性化合物的含量係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係45質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。 又,在使用聚合性單體作為硬化性化合物之情形下,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性單體的含量係0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限係1質量%以上為較佳,2質量%以上為更佳。上限係30質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,在使用聚合性樹脂作為硬化性化合物之情形下,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性樹脂的含量係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係45質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。 又,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性單體和聚合性樹脂的總含量係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係45質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。又,聚合性單體和聚合性樹脂的總量中的、聚合性樹脂的含量係70質量%以上為較佳,80質量%以上為更佳。 又,在使用環氧化合物作為硬化性化合物之情形下,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,環氧化合物的含量係0.1~40質量%為較佳。下限例如係1質量%以上為更佳,2質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限例如係30質量%以下為更佳,20質量%以下為進一步較佳。環氧化合物可以單獨使用1種,亦可以同時使用2種以上。又,在同時使用聚合性化合物和具有環氧基之化合物之情形下,兩者的比例(質量比)係聚合性化合物的質量:具有環氧基之化合物的質量=100:1~100:400為較佳,100:1~100:100為更佳,100:1~100:50為進一步較佳。In the total solid content of the coloring composition, the content of the curable compound is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. Moreover, in the case of using a polymerizable monomer as the curable compound, the content of the polymerizable monomer in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and even more preferably 10% by mass or less. Moreover, in the case of using a polymerizable resin as the curable compound, the content of the polymerizable resin in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. Moreover, in the total solid content of the coloring composition, the total content of the polymerizable monomer and the polymerizable resin is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less. In addition, the content of the polymerizable resin in the total amount of the polymerizable monomer and polymerizable resin is preferably 70% by mass or more, and more preferably 80% by mass or more. In addition, when an epoxy compound is used as the curable compound, the content of the epoxy compound in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 40% by mass. For example, the lower limit is more preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass or more. For example, the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and more preferably 20% by mass or less. An epoxy compound may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. In addition, in the case of using a polymerizable compound and a compound having an epoxy group at the same time, the ratio (mass ratio) of the two is the mass of the polymerizable compound: the mass of the compound having an epoxy group=100:1 to 100:400 It is more preferable, 100:1-100:100 is more preferable, and 100:1-100:50 is still more preferable.

作為本發明的著色組成物的較佳的一態樣,可舉出以下。 著色組成物包含具有乙烯性不飽和基團之單體(聚合性單體)和樹脂, 著色組成物中所含之具有乙烯性不飽和基團之單體(聚合性單體)的質量M1 與著色組成物中所含之樹脂的質量B1 之比即M1 /B1 為0.35以下,較佳為0.25以下,更佳為0.21以下之態樣。依據該態樣的著色組成物,能夠形成耐熱性更優異的硬化膜。進而,還能夠抑制形成硬化膜時的膜收縮。尤其,在包含聚合性樹脂作為樹脂之情形下,可更顯著地獲得上述效果。上述M1 /B1 的值的下限係0.01以上為較佳,0.04以上為更佳,0.07以上為進一步較佳。另外,樹脂的質量B1 係指上述之聚合性樹脂和後述之其他樹脂的總量。在著色組成物不含其他樹脂之情形下,樹脂的質量B1 為上述之聚合性樹脂的質量。又,在著色組成物不含聚合性樹脂之情形下,樹脂的質量B1 為其他樹脂的質量。 又,上述態樣中,在著色組成物的總固體成分中,聚合性單體和樹脂的總含量係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係45質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。As a preferable aspect of the coloring composition of this invention, the following can be mentioned. The coloring composition contains a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group (polymerizable monomer) and a resin, and the mass of the monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group (polymerizable monomer) contained in the coloring composition is M 1 The ratio to the mass B 1 of the resin contained in the colored composition, that is, M 1 /B 1 is 0.35 or less, preferably 0.25 or less, and more preferably 0.21 or less. According to the colored composition of this aspect, a cured film with more excellent heat resistance can be formed. Furthermore, film shrinkage when forming a cured film can also be suppressed. In particular, in the case where a polymerizable resin is included as the resin, the above-mentioned effects can be obtained more remarkably. The lower limit of the value of M 1 /B 1 is preferably 0.01 or more, more preferably 0.04 or more, and even more preferably 0.07 or more. In addition, the resin mass B 1 refers to the total amount of the above-mentioned polymerizable resin and other resins described later. In the case where the colored composition does not contain other resins, the mass B 1 of the resin is the mass of the above-mentioned polymerizable resin. In addition, when the colored composition does not contain a polymerizable resin, the mass B 1 of the resin is the mass of other resins. Moreover, in the above aspect, it is preferable that the total content of the polymerizable monomer and the resin is 1 to 50% by mass in the total solid content of the coloring composition. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less.

<<其他樹脂>> 本發明的著色組成物還能夠含有不含硬化性基團之樹脂(以下,還稱為其他樹脂)。其他樹脂例如以將顏料等的粒子分散於組成物中之用途、黏合劑的用途進行摻合。另外,將主要用於使顏料等的粒子分散之樹脂還稱為分散劑。但是,樹脂的該種用途為一例,亦能夠以該種用途以外的目的使用樹脂。<<Other resin>> The colored composition of the present invention can also contain a resin that does not contain a curable group (hereinafter, also referred to as other resin). Other resins are blended, for example, for the purpose of dispersing particles such as pigments in the composition and the use of a binder. In addition, resins mainly used for dispersing particles such as pigments are also referred to as dispersants. However, this type of use of the resin is an example, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than this type of use.

其他樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)係2000~2000000為較佳。上限係1000000以下為較佳,500000以下為更佳。下限係3000以上為較佳,5000以上為更佳。The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of other resins is preferably 2,000-2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 3000 or more, more preferably 5000 or more.

作為其他樹脂,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂等。可以從該等樹脂中單獨使用1種,亦可以將2種以上混合使用。Examples of other resins include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polyether resins, polyether tertene resins, polyphenylene resins, and polyarylene resins. Base ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, etc. One type of these resins may be used alone, or two or more types may be mixed and used.

其他樹脂可以具有酸基。作為酸基,例如可舉出羧基、磷酸基、磺酸基、酚性羥基等,羧基為較佳。該等酸基可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。具有酸基之樹脂亦能夠用作鹼可溶性樹脂。Other resins may have acid groups. As an acid group, a carboxyl group, a phosphoric acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, etc. are mentioned, for example, A carboxyl group is preferable. These acid groups may be only one type or two or more types. Resins with acid groups can also be used as alkali-soluble resins.

作為具有酸基之樹脂,在側鏈上具有羧基之聚合物為較佳。作為具體例,可舉出甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸共聚物、衣康酸共聚物、巴豆酸共聚物、順丁烯二酸共聚物、部分酯化順丁烯二酸共聚物、酚醛清漆樹脂等鹼可溶性酚樹脂、在側鏈上具有羧基之酸性纖維素衍生物、對具有羥基之聚合物加成酸酐而得之樹脂。尤其,(甲基)丙烯酸和能夠與其共聚之其他單體的共聚物適合作為鹼可溶性樹脂。作為能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚之其他單體,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯、(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯、乙烯基化合物等。作為(甲基)丙烯酸烷基酯及(甲基)丙烯酸芳基酯,可舉出(甲基)甲基丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸辛酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、三(甲基)丙烯酸酯、(甲基)丙烯酸萘酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯等。作為乙烯基化合物,可舉出苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯、乙烯基甲苯、丙烯腈、乙酸乙烯酯、N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮、聚苯乙烯巨單體、聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯巨單體等。又,其他單體還能夠使用日本特開平10-300922號公報中所記載之N位取代順丁烯二醯亞胺單體、例如N-苯基順丁烯二醯亞胺、N-環己基順丁烯二醯亞胺等。另外,該等能夠與(甲基)丙烯酸共聚之其他單體可僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。As the resin having an acid group, a polymer having a carboxyl group in the side chain is preferable. Specific examples include methacrylic acid copolymers, acrylic acid copolymers, itaconic acid copolymers, crotonic acid copolymers, maleic acid copolymers, partially esterified maleic acid copolymers, and novolac resins. Alkali-soluble phenol resins, acidic cellulose derivatives having carboxyl groups on the side chains, and resins obtained by adding acid anhydrides to polymers having hydroxyl groups. In particular, copolymers of (meth)acrylic acid and other monomers copolymerizable therewith are suitable as alkali-soluble resins. Examples of other monomers that can be copolymerized with (meth)acrylic acid include alkyl (meth)acrylate, aryl (meth)acrylate, vinyl compounds, and the like. Examples of alkyl (meth)acrylate and aryl (meth)acrylate include (meth)methacrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, and (meth)acrylate. ) Butyl acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, amyl (meth)acrylate, hexyl (meth)acrylate, octyl (meth)acrylate, phenyl (meth)acrylate, (meth) Benzyl acrylate, tri(meth)acrylate, naphthyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, etc. Examples of vinyl compounds include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, acrylonitrile, vinyl acetate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, polystyrene macromonomers, and polymethacrylic acid. Ester macromonomers and so on. In addition, other monomers can also use the N-substituted maleimide monomers described in JP 10-300922 A, such as N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexyl Maleic imide and so on. In addition, these other monomers copolymerizable with (meth)acrylic acid may be only one type or two or more types.

具有酸基之樹脂能夠較佳地使用包括(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚物、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯/(甲基)丙烯酸/其他單體之多元共聚物。又,亦能夠較佳地使用使(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯共聚而得到者、日本特開平07-140654號公報中所記載之(甲基)丙烯酸2-羥基丙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、丙烯酸2-羥基-3-苯氧基丙酯/聚甲基甲基丙烯酸酯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基甲基丙烯酸酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物、甲基丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯/聚苯乙烯大分子單體/甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸共聚物等。Resins with acid groups can preferably be used including benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/(meth)acrylic acid 2-hydroxyethyl Ester copolymer, multi-element copolymer of benzyl (meth)acrylate/(meth)acrylic acid/other monomers. In addition, it is also possible to preferably use 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate/polystyrene obtained by copolymerizing 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, which is described in JP 07-140654 A Macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate/polymethacrylate macromonomer/benzyl methacrylate/methyl Acrylic copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer/methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate/polystyrene macromonomer /Benzyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid copolymer, etc.

具有酸基之樹脂係包含源自包含上述之醚二聚物之單體成分之重複單元之聚合物亦為較佳。A resin having an acid group is also preferably a polymer containing repeating units derived from monomer components including the above-mentioned ether dimer.

具有酸基之樹脂還可以包含源自由下述式(X)表示之化合物之重複單元。 [化學式32]

Figure 02_image063
式(X)中,R1 表示氫原子或甲基,R2 表示碳數2~10的伸烷基,R3 表示氫原子或可以包含苯環之碳數1~20的烷基。n表示1~15的整數。The resin having an acid group may also contain a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by the following formula (X). [Chemical formula 32]
Figure 02_image063
In the formula (X), R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. n represents an integer of 1-15.

關於具有酸基之樹脂,能夠參閱日本特開2012-208494號公報的段落號0558~0571(對應之美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的段落號0685~0700)的記載、日本特開2012-198408號公報的段落號0076~0099的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。又,具有酸基之樹脂亦能夠使用市售品。Regarding the resin having an acid group, refer to the description of paragraphs 0558-0571 of JP 2012-208494 (corresponding to paragraphs 0685-0700 of the specification of U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099), and JP 2012 -198408 Bulletin, paragraph numbers 0076 to 0099, and these contents are incorporated into this manual. Moreover, the resin which has an acid group can also use a commercial item.

具有酸基之樹脂的酸值係30~200mgKOH/g為較佳。下限係50mgKOH/g以上為較佳,70mgKOH/g以上為更佳。上限係150mgKOH/g以下為較佳,120mgKOH/g以下為更佳。The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 200 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and more preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.

本發明的著色組成物亦能夠包含作為分散劑之樹脂。分散劑可舉出酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)、鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)。在此,酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)表示酸基的量多於鹼性基團的量的樹脂。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)係將酸基的量與鹼性基團的量的總量設為100莫耳%時酸基的量佔據70莫耳%以上之樹脂為較佳,實質上僅包含酸基之樹脂為更佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)所具有之酸基係羧基為較佳。酸性分散劑(酸性樹脂)的酸值係40~105mgKOH/g為較佳,50~105mgKOH/g為更佳,60~105mgKOH/g為進一步較佳。又,鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)表示鹼性基團的量多於酸基的量的樹脂。鹼性分散劑(鹼性樹脂)係將酸基的量與鹼性基團的量的總計量設為100莫耳%時鹼性基團的量超過50莫耳%之樹脂為較佳。鹼性分散劑所具有之鹼性基團係胺基為較佳。The coloring composition of the present invention can also contain a resin as a dispersant. Examples of the dispersant include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (alkaline resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) means a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. The acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a resin in which the amount of acid groups occupies 70 mol% or more when the total amount of the amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is set to 100 mol%, and essentially only contains Acid-based resins are better. The acidic carboxyl group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferred. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acid resin) is preferably from 40 to 105 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 to 105 mgKOH/g, and even more preferably from 60 to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) means a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. The basic dispersant (alkaline resin) is preferably a resin in which the total amount of acid groups and the amount of basic groups is 100 mol%, and the amount of basic groups exceeds 50 mol%. The basic group possessed by the basic dispersant is preferably an amine group.

用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元為較佳。藉由用作分散劑之樹脂包含具有酸基之重複單元,在藉由光微影法形成圖案時,能夠進一步降低在像素的基底產生之殘渣。The resin used as a dispersant preferably contains a repeating unit having an acid group. Since the resin used as a dispersant contains a repeating unit having an acid group, when the pattern is formed by the photolithography method, the residue generated on the base of the pixel can be further reduced.

用作分散劑之樹脂係接枝樹脂亦為較佳。作為接枝樹脂,可舉出具有在上述之聚合性樹脂一項中說明之由式(A-1-2)表示之重複單元之樹脂等。關於接枝樹脂的詳細內容,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0025~0094的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。A resin-based graft resin used as a dispersant is also preferred. As the graft resin, a resin having a repeating unit represented by the formula (A-1-2) described in the section of the above-mentioned polymerizable resin and the like can be mentioned. For the details of the graft resin, reference can be made to the description of paragraph numbers 0025 to 0094 of JP 2012-255128 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂係在主鏈及側鏈中的至少一者包含氮原子之聚亞胺系分散劑亦為較佳。作為聚亞胺系分散劑,係具有主鏈及側鏈,且在主鏈及側鏈的至少一者上具有鹼性氮原子之樹脂為較佳,該主鏈包含具有pKa14以下的官能基之部分結構,該側鏈的原子數為40~10000。鹼性氮原子只要係呈鹼性之氮原子,則並沒有特別限制。關於聚亞胺系分散劑,能夠參閱日本特開2012-255128號公報的段落號0102~0166的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。The resin used as a dispersant is also preferably a polyimine-based dispersant in which at least one of the main chain and the side chain contains a nitrogen atom. As a polyimine-based dispersant, a resin having a main chain and a side chain, and having a basic nitrogen atom on at least one of the main chain and the side chain is preferable. The main chain includes a functional group having a pKa 14 or less Part of the structure, the number of atoms in the side chain is 40 to 10,000. The basic nitrogen atom is not particularly limited as long as it is a basic nitrogen atom. Regarding the polyimine-based dispersant, the description of paragraph numbers 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A can be referred to, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

用作分散劑之樹脂係在芯部鍵結有複數個聚合物鏈之結構的樹脂亦為較佳。作為該種樹脂,例如可舉出樹枝狀聚合物(包含星型聚合物)。又,作為樹枝狀聚合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-043962號公報的段落號0196~0209中所記載之高分子化合物C-1~C-31等。The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin having a structure in which a plurality of polymer chains are bonded to the core. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star polymers). Moreover, as a specific example of a dendrimer, the polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 etc. which are described in the paragraph number 0196-0209 of JP 2013-043962 A, etc. are mentioned.

分散劑亦能夠作為市售品獲得,作為該種具體例,可舉出BYK Chemie GmbH製造的DISPERBYK系列(例如,DISPERBYK-111、161等)、Lubrizol Japan Limited.製造的SOLSPERSE系列(例如,SOLSPERSE76500等)等。又,亦能夠使用日本特開2014-130338號公報的段落號0041~0130中所記載之顏料分散劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。另外,作為上述分散劑而說明之樹脂還能夠以除分散劑以外的用途使用。例如,還能夠用作黏合劑。The dispersant can also be obtained as a commercially available product. Specific examples of this include the DISPERBYK series manufactured by BYK Chemie GmbH (for example, DISPERBYK-111, 161, etc.), and the SOLSPERSE series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Limited. (for example, SOLSPERSE76500, etc.) )Wait. In addition, the pigment dispersant described in paragraph numbers 0041 to 0130 of JP 2014-130338 A can also be used, and this content is incorporated in this specification. In addition, the resin explained as the above-mentioned dispersant can also be used for purposes other than the dispersant. For example, it can also be used as an adhesive.

在本發明的著色組成物包含其他樹脂之情形下,在本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分中,其他樹脂的含量係30質量%以下為較佳,20質量%以下為更佳,10質量%以下為進一步較佳。 又,在本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分中,上述之硬化性化合物和其他樹脂的總含量係1~50質量%為較佳。下限係3質量%以上為較佳,5質量%以上為更佳,10質量%以上為進一步較佳。上限係45質量%以下為較佳,40質量%以下為更佳。In the case where the colored composition of the present invention contains other resins, in the total solid content of the colored composition of the present invention, the content of the other resins is preferably 30% by mass or less, more preferably 20% by mass or less, and 10% by mass % Or less is more preferable. In addition, in the total solid content of the colored composition of the present invention, the total content of the above-mentioned curable compound and other resins is preferably 1 to 50% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 3% by mass or more, more preferably 5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 45% by mass or less, and more preferably 40% by mass or less.

<<光聚合起始劑>> 本發明的著色組成物包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。尤其,在使用具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物作為硬化性化合物之情形下,本發明的著色組成物還包含光聚合起始劑為較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,並無特別限制,能夠從公知的光聚合起始劑中適當地進行選擇。例如,對紫外線區域至可見區域的光線具有感光性之化合物為較佳。光聚合起始劑係光自由基聚合起始劑為較佳。<<Photopolymerization initiator>> The coloring composition of the present invention preferably contains a photopolymerization initiator. In particular, when a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group is used as the curable compound, the coloring composition of the present invention preferably further contains a photopolymerization initiator. The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and it can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, a compound having photosensitivity to light from the ultraviolet region to the visible region is preferable. The photopolymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator.

作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出鹵化烴衍生物(例如,具有三𠯤骨架之化合物、具有㗁二唑骨架之化合物等)、醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物等。就曝光靈敏度的觀點而言,光聚合起始劑係三鹵甲基三𠯤(trihalo methyl triazine)化合物、苄基二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物、鹵甲基㗁二唑化合物及3-芳基取代香豆素化合物為較佳,選自肟化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物及醯基膦化合物中之化合物為更佳,肟化合物為進一步較佳。作為光聚合起始劑,可舉出日本特開2014-130173號公報的0065~0111段、日本專利第6301489號公報中所記載之化合物,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include halogenated hydrocarbon derivatives (for example, compounds having a triazole skeleton, compounds having a diazole skeleton, etc.), phosphine compounds, hexaarylbiimidazoles, oxime compounds, and organic peroxides. Oxides, sulfur compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic onium salts, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, etc. From the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, the photopolymerization initiator is trihalo methyl triazine (trihalo methyl triazine) compound, benzyl dimethyl ketal compound, α-hydroxy ketone compound, α-amino ketone compound, and Phosphine compounds, phosphine oxide compounds, metallocene compounds, oxime compounds, triarylimidazole dimers, onium compounds, benzothiazole compounds, benzophenone compounds, acetophenone compounds, cyclopentadiene-benzene-iron compound Compounds, halomethyl oxadiazole compounds and 3-aryl substituted coumarin compounds are preferred, and the compounds selected from the group consisting of oxime compounds, α-hydroxy ketone compounds, α-amino ketone compounds, and phosphine compounds are More preferably, the oxime compound is even more preferable. Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the compounds described in paragraphs 0065 to 0111 of JP 2014-130173 A and Japanese Patent No. 6301489, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

作為α-羥基酮化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-184、DAROCUR-1173、IRGACURE-500、IRGACURE-2959、IRGACURE-127(以上為BASF公司製造)等。作為α-胺基酮化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-907、IRGACURE-369、IRGACURE-379及IRGACURE-379EG(以上為BASF公司製造)等。作為醯基膦化合物的市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-819、DAROCUR-TPO(以上為BASF公司製造)等。Examples of commercially available products of the α-hydroxy ketone compound include IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, IRGACURE-127 (manufactured by BASF Corporation above), and the like. Examples of commercially available products of the α-amino ketone compound include IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369, IRGACURE-379, and IRGACURE-379EG (manufactured by BASF Corporation above). Examples of commercially available products of the phosphine compound include IRGACURE-819, DAROCUR-TPO (the above are made by BASF Corporation), and the like.

作為肟化合物,可舉出日本特開2001-233842號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)中所記載之化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)中所記載之化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-066385號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2000-080068號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2004-534797號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2006-342166號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-019766號公報中所記載之化合物、日本專利第6065596號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2015/152153號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/051680號中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-198865號公報中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的段落號0025~0038中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2013/167515號中所記載之化合物等。作為肟化合物的具體例,可舉出3-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-乙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、3-丙醯氧基亞胺基丁烷-2-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基戊烷-3-酮、2-乙醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、2-苯甲醯氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮、3-(4-甲苯磺醯氧基)亞胺基丁烷-2-酮及2-乙氧基羰氧基亞胺基-1-苯基丙烷-1-酮等。作為市售品,可舉出IRGACURE-OXE01、IRGACURE-OXE02、IRGACURE-OXE03、IRGACURE-OXE04(以上為BASF公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO.,LTD.製造)、Adeka Optomer N-1919(ADEKA CORPORATION製造,日本特開2012-014052號公報中所記載之光聚合起始劑2)。又,作為肟化合物,使用無著色性之化合物或透明性高且不易變色之化合物亦為較佳。作為市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。As the oxime compound, the compound described in JP 2001-233842 A, the compound described in JP 2000-080068 A, the compound described in JP 2006-342166 A, JCS The compound described in Perkin II (1979, pp.1653-1660), the compound described in JCS Perkin II (1979, pp.156-162), Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp.202) -232) The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-066385, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-080068, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-534797 , The compound described in JP 2006-342166 A, the compound described in JP 2017-019766 A, the compound described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, and the compound described in International Publication No. 2015/152153 The compound described in International Publication No. 2017/051680, the compound described in JP 2017-198865 A, the compound described in Paragraph Nos. 0025 to 0038 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, The compounds described in International Publication No. 2013/167515, etc. Specific examples of oxime compounds include 3-benzyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxy Aminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentane-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzyl Oxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one and 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1 -Phenylpropane-1-one, etc. Commercially available products include IRGACURE-OXE01, IRGACURE-OXE02, IRGACURE-OXE03, IRGACURE-OXE04 (manufactured by BASF Corporation above), TR-PBG-304 (manufactured by Changzhou Tronly New Electronic Materials CO., LTD.), Adeka Optomer N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP 2012-014052 A). Furthermore, as the oxime compound, it is also preferable to use a non-coloring compound or a compound that has high transparency and does not easily change color. As a commercially available product, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-730, NCI-831, NCI-930 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. are mentioned.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有茀環之肟化合物。作為具有茀環之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2014-137466號公報中所記載之化合物。In the present invention, as a photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a sulphur ring can also be used. As a specific example of the oxime compound which has a sulphur ring, the compound described in Unexamined-Japanese-Patent No. 2014-137466 can be mentioned.

又,作為光聚合起始劑,還能夠使用具有咔唑環的至少1個苯環成為萘環之骨架之肟化合物。作為該種肟化合物的具體例,可舉出國際公開第2013/083505號中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound in which at least one benzene ring having a carbazole ring becomes the skeleton of the naphthalene ring can also be used. As a specific example of such an oxime compound, the compound described in International Publication No. 2013/083505 can be mentioned.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有氟原子之肟化合物。作為具有氟原子之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-262028號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特表2014-500852號公報中所記載之化合物24、36~40、日本特開2013-164471號公報中所記載之化合物(C-3)等。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP 2010-262028 A, the compounds 24, 36-40, and the compounds described in JP 2014-500852 A The compound (C-3) described in the 2013-164471 bulletin, etc.

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,能夠使用具有硝基之肟化合物。具有硝基之肟化合物設為二聚體亦為較佳。作為具有硝基之肟化合物的具體例,可舉出日本特開2013-114249號公報的段落號0031~0047、日本特開2014-137466號公報的段落號0008~0012、0070~0079中所記載之化合物、日本專利4223071號公報的段落號0007~0025中所記載之化合物、ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. The oxime compound having a nitro group is also preferably used as a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, and paragraphs 0008 to 0012, 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466. The compound described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071, ADEKA ARKLS NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).

本發明中,作為光聚合起始劑,亦能夠使用具有苯并呋喃骨架之肟化合物。作為具體例,可舉出國際公開第2015/036910號中所記載之OE-01~OE-75。In the present invention, as the photopolymerization initiator, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in International Publication No. 2015/036910.

以下示出在本發明中較佳地使用之肟化合物的具體例,但本發明並不限定於該等。Specific examples of oxime compounds preferably used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these.

[化學式33]

Figure 02_image065
[化學式34]
Figure 02_image067
[Chemical formula 33]
Figure 02_image065
[Chemical formula 34]
Figure 02_image067

肟化合物係在波長350~500nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為較佳,在波長360~480nm的範圍內具有極大吸收波長之化合物為更佳。又,就靈敏度的觀點而言,肟化合物在波長365nm或波長405nm下的莫耳吸光係數高為較佳,1000~300000為更佳,2000~300000為進一步較佳,5000~200000為特佳。化合物的莫耳吸光係數能夠使用公知的方法進行測量。例如,藉由分光光度計(Varian公司製造的Cary-5分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度測量為較佳。The oxime compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 350 to 500 nm, and a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 360 to 480 nm is more preferable. In addition, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, the oxime compound preferably has a high molar absorption coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm or a wavelength of 405 nm, more preferably 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably 5,000 to 200,000. The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be measured using a known method. For example, with a spectrophotometer (Cary-5 spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian), it is better to use ethyl acetate as a solvent to measure at a concentration of 0.01 g/L.

作為光聚合起始劑,可以使用2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑。藉由使用這樣的光自由基聚合起始劑,由光自由基聚合起始劑的1分子產生2個以上的自由基,因此可獲得良好的靈敏度。又,在使用非對稱結構的化合物之情形下,結晶性下降而對溶劑等的溶解性得到提高,隨時間而變得難以析出,能夠提高著色組成物的經時穩定性。作為2官能或3官能以上的光自由基聚合起始劑的具體例,可舉出日本特表2010-527339號公報、日本特表2011-524436號公報、國際公開第2015/004565號、日本特表2016-532675號公報的段落號0407~0412、國際公開第2017/033680號的段落號0039~0055中所記載之肟化合物的二聚體、日本特表2013-522445號公報中所記載之化合物(E)及化合物(G)、國際公開第2016/034963號中所記載之Cmpd1~7、日本特表2017-523465號公報的段落號0007中所記載之肟酯類光起始劑、日本特開2017-167399號公報的段落號0020~0033中所記載之光起始劑、日本特開2017-151342號公報的段落號0017~0026中所記載之光聚合起始劑(A)等。As the photopolymerization initiator, a bifunctional or trifunctional or more photoradical polymerization initiator can be used. By using such a radical photopolymerization initiator, two or more radicals are generated from one molecule of the radical photopolymerization initiator, so that good sensitivity can be obtained. In addition, in the case of using a compound with an asymmetric structure, the crystallinity decreases and the solubility in solvents and the like is improved, and precipitation becomes difficult over time, and the temporal stability of the coloring composition can be improved. Specific examples of photoradical polymerization initiators having a bifunctional or trifunctional or higher level include Japanese Special Publication No. 2010-527339, Japanese Special Publication No. 2011-524436, International Publication No. 2015/004565, Japanese Special Table 2016-532675 Paragraph Nos. 0407 to 0412, International Publication No. 2017/033680 Paragraph Nos. 0039 to 0055 Dimers of oxime compounds, compounds described in JP 2013-522445 No. (E) and compound (G), Cmpd1-7 described in International Publication No. 2016/034963, oxime ester-based photoinitiator described in Paragraph No. 0007 of Japanese Special Publication No. 2017-523465, Japanese Special The photoinitiator described in paragraph numbers 0020 to 0033 of JP 2017-167399 A, the photoinitiator (A) described in paragraph numbers 0017 to 0026 of JP 2017-151342 A, and the like.

本發明的著色組成物的總固體成分中的光聚合起始劑的含量係0.1~30質量%為較佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為更佳。上限係20質量%以下為較佳,15質量%以下為更佳。本發明的著色組成物中,光聚合起始劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。在使用2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the photopolymerization initiator in the total solid content of the colored composition of the present invention is preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 20% by mass or less, and more preferably 15% by mass or less. In the coloring composition of the present invention, only one type of photopolymerization initiator may be used, or two or more types may be used. In the case of using two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<顏料衍生物>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有顏料衍生物。作為顏料衍生物,可舉出具有用酸基或鹼性基團取代顏料的一部分而得之結構之化合物。作為顏料衍生物,能夠使用日本特開昭56-118462號公報、日本特開昭63-264674號公報、日本特開平01-217077號公報、日本特開平03-009961號公報、日本特開平03-026767號公報、日本特開平03-153780號公報、日本特開平03-045662號公報、日本特開平04-285669號公報、日本特開平06-145546號公報、日本特開平06-212088號公報、日本特開平06-240158號公報、日本特開平10-030063號公報、日本特開平10-195326號公報、國際公開第2011/024896號的段落號0086~0098、國際公開第2012/102399號的段落號0063~0094、國際公開第2017/038252號的段落號0082、日本特開2015-151530號公報的段落號0171等中所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-172732號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-199308號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-085562號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2014-035351號公報中所記載之化合物、日本特開2008-081565號公報中所記載之化合物,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。<<Pigment derivatives>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a pigment derivative. As the pigment derivative, a compound having a structure obtained by substituting a part of the pigment with an acid group or a basic group can be mentioned. As the pigment derivative, JP-A 56-118462, JP-A 63-264674, JP-A 01-217077, JP-A 03-009961, JP-A 03- 026767, JP 03-153780, JP 03-045662, JP 04-285669, JP 06-145546, JP 06-212088, Japan Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 06-240158, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-030063, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 10-195326, International Publication No. 2011/024896 Paragraph No. 0086 to 0098, International Publication No. 2012/102399 Paragraph No. 0063~0094, International Publication No. 2017/038252 Paragraph No. 082, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-151530, Paragraph No. 0171, etc. The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-172732, Japan The compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-199308, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-085562, the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-035351, and the compound described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-081565 The compound is described, and the content is incorporated into this specification.

相對於顏料100質量份,顏料衍生物的含量係1~50質量份為較佳。下限值係3質量份以上為較佳,5質量份以上為更佳。上限值係40質量份以下為較佳,30質量份以下為更佳。若顏料衍生物的含量在上述範圍,則能夠提高顏料的分散性而有效地抑制顏料的凝聚。顏料衍生物可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在2種以上之情形下,該等的總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is preferably 3 parts by mass or more, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is preferably 40 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 30 parts by mass or less. If the content of the pigment derivative is in the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment can be improved and the aggregation of the pigment can be effectively suppressed. There may be only one type of pigment derivative, or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof falls within the aforementioned range.

<<矽烷偶合劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有矽烷偶合劑。依據該態樣,能夠提高所獲得之硬化膜與支撐體的黏附性。本發明中,矽烷偶合劑係指具有水解性基團和除其以外之官能基之矽烷化合物。又,水解性基團係指與矽原子直接鍵結,並藉由水解反應及縮合反應中的至少一種而可產生矽氧烷鍵之取代基。作為水解性基團,可舉出鹵素原子、烷氧基、醯氧基等,烷氧基為較佳。亦即,矽烷偶合劑係具有烷氧基矽基之化合物為較佳。又,作為除了水解性基團以外的官能基,例如,可舉出乙烯基、(甲基)烯丙基、(甲基)丙烯醯基、巰基、環氧基、氧雜環丁基、胺基、脲基、硫醚基、異氰酸酯基、苯基等,胺基、(甲基)丙烯醯基及環氧基為較佳。作為矽烷偶合劑的具體例,可舉出日本特開2009-288703號公報的段落號0018~0036中所記載之化合物、日本特開2009-242604號公報的段落號0056~0066中所記載之化合物,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。<<Silane coupling agent>> The coloring composition of the present invention can contain a silane coupling agent. According to this aspect, it is possible to improve the adhesion between the obtained cured film and the support. In the present invention, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and functional groups other than it. In addition, the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. In addition, as functional groups other than hydrolyzable groups, for example, vinyl, (meth)allyl, (meth)acryl, mercapto, epoxy, oxetanyl, amine Groups, ureido groups, thioether groups, isocyanate groups, phenyl groups, etc., preferably amino groups, (meth)acrylic groups and epoxy groups. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraphs 0018 to 0036 of JP 2009-288703, and the compounds described in paragraphs 0056 to 066 of JP 2009-242604. , And these contents are incorporated into this manual.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的矽烷偶合劑的含量係0.1~5質量%為較佳。上限係3質量%以下為較佳,2質量%以下為更佳。下限係0.5質量%以上為較佳,1質量%以上為更佳。矽烷偶合劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在2種以上的情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass. The upper limit is preferably 3% by mass or less, and more preferably 2% by mass or less. The lower limit is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and more preferably 1% by mass or more. The silane coupling agent may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<溶劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有溶劑。作為溶劑,可舉出有機溶劑。溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色組成物的塗佈性,則基本上並無特別限制。作為有機溶劑,可舉出酯系溶劑、酮系溶劑、醇系溶劑、醯胺系溶劑、醚系溶劑、烴系溶劑等。關於該等的詳細內容,能夠參閱國際公開第2015/166779號的段落號0223,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。又,亦能夠較佳地使用環狀烷基經取代之酯系溶劑、環狀烷基經取代之酮系溶劑。作為有機溶劑的具體例,可舉出聚乙二醇單甲醚、二氯甲烷、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙酸環己酯、環戊酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯、3-甲氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺、3-丁氧基-N,N-二甲基丙醯胺等。但是,有時出於環境方面等原因,減少作為溶劑之芳香族烴類(苯、甲苯、二甲苯、乙苯等)為較佳(例如,相對於有機溶劑總量,能夠設為50質量ppm(百萬分率(parts per million))以下,亦能夠設為10質量ppm以下,亦能夠設為1質量ppm以下)。<<Solvent>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The solvent is basically not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coatability of the coloring composition. Examples of organic solvents include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For the details, please refer to Paragraph No. 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, and this content is incorporated into this specification. In addition, an ester-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and a ketone-based solvent substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve acetate. , Ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol Acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy- N,N-Dimethylpropanamide and so on. However, sometimes for environmental reasons, it is better to reduce the aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as a solvent (for example, it can be set to 50 mass ppm relative to the total amount of organic solvents) (Parts per million) or less, can also be set to 10 mass ppm or less, or can be set to 1 mass ppm or less).

本發明中,使用金屬含量少的溶劑為較佳,溶劑的金屬含量例如係10質量ppb(十億分率(parts per billion))以下為較佳。依據需要,可以使用質量ppt(parts per trillion:兆分率)級別的溶劑,該種高純度溶劑例如由Toyo Gosei Co.,Ltd提供(化學工業日報,2015年11月13日)。In the present invention, it is preferable to use a solvent with a small metal content, and the metal content of the solvent is preferably 10 mass ppb (parts per billion) or less, for example. According to requirements, solvents of quality ppt (parts per trillion: parts per trillion) can be used. Such high-purity solvents are provided by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd (Chemical Industry Daily, November 13, 2015), for example.

作為自溶劑中去除金屬等雜質之方法,例如能夠舉出蒸餾(分子蒸餾或薄膜蒸餾等)或使用了過濾器之過濾。作為過濾中所使用之過濾器的過濾器孔徑,10μm以下為較佳,5μm以下為更佳,3μm以下為進一步較佳。過濾器的材質係聚四氟乙烯、聚乙烯或尼龍為較佳。As a method of removing impurities such as metals from the solvent, for example, distillation (molecular distillation or thin film distillation, etc.) or filtration using a filter can be cited. As the filter pore size of the filter used for filtration, 10 μm or less is preferable, 5 μm or less is more preferable, and 3 μm or less is still more preferable. The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.

溶劑可以包含異構體(雖然原子數相同,但是結構不同之化合物)。又,異構體可以僅包含1種,亦可以包含複數種。Solvents can contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the isomer may include only one type, or may include a plurality of types.

有機溶劑中的過氧化物的含有率係0.8mmol/L以下為較佳,實質上不含過氧化物為更佳。The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and it is more preferred that the peroxide content is not substantially contained.

著色組成物中的溶劑的含量係10~95質量%為較佳,20~90質量%為更佳,30~90質量%為進一步較佳。The content of the solvent in the coloring composition is preferably 10 to 95% by mass, more preferably 20 to 90% by mass, and more preferably 30 to 90% by mass.

又,就環境管制的觀點而言,本發明的著色組成物實質上不含環境管制物質為較佳。另外,本發明中,實質上不含有環境管制物質係指著色組成物中之環境管制物質的含量為50質量ppm以下,30質量ppm以下為較佳,10質量ppm以下為進一步較佳,1質量ppm以下為特佳。環境管制物質例如可舉出苯;甲苯、二甲苯等烷基苯類;氯苯等鹵化苯類等。該等在REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)管制、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)管制等下註冊為環境管制物質,使用量和處理方法受到嚴格管制。該等化合物有時在製造用於本發明的著色組成物之各成分等時用作溶劑,作為殘留溶劑混入著色組成物中。就對人的安全性、對環境的考慮的觀點而言,盡可能地減少該等物質為較佳。作為減少環境管制物質之方法,可舉出將系統內部進行加熱和減壓而設為環境管制物質的沸點以上,並從反應體系中蒸餾去除環境管制物質並將其減少之方法。又,在蒸餾去除少量的環境管制物質之情況下,為了提高效率而與具有該溶劑相同的沸點之溶劑共沸亦是有用的。又,當含有具有自由基聚合性之化合物時,可以在添加聚合抑制劑之後減壓蒸餾去除,以便抑制在減壓蒸餾去除中自由基聚合反應的進行導致在分子間進行交聯。該等蒸餾去除方法能夠在原料階段、使原料進行反應之產物(例如聚合後的樹脂溶液和多官能單體溶液)的階段或藉由混合該等化合物而製作之著色組成物的階段等中的任一階段中進行。Furthermore, from the viewpoint of environmental control, it is preferable that the colored composition of the present invention does not substantially contain environmental control substances. In addition, in the present invention, substantially no environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the coloring composition is 50 mass ppm or less, preferably 30 mass ppm or less, and 10 mass ppm or less is more preferably, 1 mass ppm Below ppm is particularly good. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These are registered as environmentally controlled substances under REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals) control, PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) law, VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) control, etc., and their usage and treatment methods are strictly controlled. These compounds are sometimes used as solvents in the production of the respective components of the coloring composition used in the present invention, and may be mixed into the coloring composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental considerations, it is better to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method of reducing environmentally regulated substances, there is a method of heating and reducing the pressure inside the system to make it above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substances, and distilling and reducing the environmentally regulated substances from the reaction system. In addition, when a small amount of environmentally regulated substances is removed by distillation, it is also useful to azeotrope a solvent having the same boiling point as the solvent in order to improve efficiency. In addition, when a compound having radical polymerizability is contained, it can be removed by distillation under reduced pressure after adding a polymerization inhibitor, so as to suppress the progress of radical polymerization reaction during the removal under reduced pressure to cause crosslinking between molecules. These distillation removal methods can be used in the stage of raw materials, the stage of reacting raw materials (such as polymerized resin solution and polyfunctional monomer solution), or the stage of coloring composition produced by mixing these compounds, etc. In any stage.

<<聚合抑制劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有聚合抑制劑。作為聚合抑制劑,可舉出對苯二酚、對甲氧基苯酚、二-第三丁基-對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基兒茶酚、苯醌、4,4’-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2’-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥胺鹽(銨鹽、初級鈰鹽等)。其中,對甲氧基苯酚為較佳。著色組成物的總固體成分中的聚合抑制劑的含量係0.0001~5質量%為較佳。<<Polymerization inhibitor>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of polymerization inhibitors include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tertiary butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tertiary butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4' -Thiobis(3-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), 2,2'-methylene bis(4-methyl-6-tertiary butylphenol), N-nitrosophenyl Hydroxylamine salt (ammonium salt, primary cerium salt, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.0001 to 5% by mass.

<<界面活性劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,能夠使用氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、聚矽氧系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。關於界面活性劑,可舉出國際公開第2015/166779號的段落號0238~0245中所記載之界面活性劑,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。<<Surface active agent>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone surfactants can be used. Regarding surfactants, the surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0238 to 0245 of International Publication No. 2015/166779 can be cited, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

本發明中,界面活性劑係氟系界面活性劑為較佳。藉由在著色組成物中含有氟系界面活性劑,液特性(尤其是流動性)得到進一步提高,能夠進一步改善省液性。又,還能夠形成厚度不均勻少之膜。In the present invention, the surfactant-based fluorine-based surfactant is preferred. By including a fluorine-based surfactant in the coloring composition, liquid properties (especially fluidity) are further improved, and liquid-saving properties can be further improved. In addition, it is also possible to form a film with less uneven thickness.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率係3~40質量%為較佳,更佳為5~30質量%,特佳為7~25質量%。氟含有率在該範圍內之氟系界面活性劑在塗佈膜的厚度均勻性和省液性的觀點上有效果,在著色組成物中的溶解性亦良好。The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably 3 to 40% by mass, more preferably 5 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7 to 25% by mass. A fluorine-based surfactant having a fluorine content within this range is effective in terms of thickness uniformity and liquid-saving properties of the coating film, and has good solubility in the coloring composition.

作為氟系界面活性劑,可舉出日本特開2014-041318號公報的段落號0060~0064(對應之國際公開第2014/017669號的段落號0060~0064)等中所記載之界面活性劑、日本特開2011-132503號公報的段落號0117~0132中所記載之界面活性劑,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為氟系界面活性劑的市售品,例如可舉出MEGAFACE F171、F172、F173、F176、F177、F141、F142、F143、F144、R30、F437、F475、F479、F482、F554、F780、EXP、MFS-330(以上為DIC Corporation製造)、Fluorad FC430、FC431、FC171(以上為Sumitomo 3M Limited製造)、Surflon S-382、SC-101、SC-103、SC-104、SC-105、SC-1068、SC-381、SC-383、S-393、KH-40(以上為AGC Inc.製造)、PolyFox PF636、PF656、PF6320、PF6520、PF7002(以上為OMNOVA Solutions Inc.製造)等。Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include the surfactants described in paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2014-041318 (corresponding to paragraphs 0060 to 0064 of International Publication No. 2014/017669), etc. The surfactants described in paragraph numbers 0117 to 0132 of JP 2011-132503 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. Commercial products of fluorine-based surfactants include, for example, MEGAFACE F171, F172, F173, F176, F177, F141, F142, F143, F144, R30, F437, F475, F479, F482, F554, F780, EXP, MFS-330 (manufactured by DIC Corporation above), Fluorad FC430, FC431, FC171 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Limited above), Surflon S-382, SC-101, SC-103, SC-104, SC-105, SC-1068 , SC-381, SC-383, S-393, KH-40 (manufactured by AGC Inc. above), PolyFox PF636, PF656, PF6320, PF6520, PF7002 (manufactured by OMNOVA Solutions Inc. above), etc.

又,氟系界面活性劑亦能夠較佳地使用丙烯酸系化合物,該丙烯酸系化合物具備具有含有氟原子之官能基之分子結構,且施加熱時含有氟原子之官能基部分被切斷而氟原子揮發。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,可以舉出DIC Corporation製造之MEGAFACE DS系列(化學工業日報(2016年2月22日)、日經產業新聞(2016年2月23日)),例如可以舉出MEGAFACE DS-21。In addition, fluorine-based surfactants can also preferably use acrylic compounds. The acrylic compound has a molecular structure having a functional group containing fluorine atoms, and when heat is applied, the functional group portion containing the fluorine atom is cut and the fluorine atom Volatile. Examples of such fluorine-based surfactants include MEGAFACE DS series manufactured by DIC Corporation (Chemical Industry Daily (February 22, 2016), Nikkei Sangyo Shimbun (February 23, 2016)), for example MEGAFACE DS-21.

又,關於氟系界面活性劑,使用具有氟化烷基或氟化伸烷基醚基之含氟原子的乙烯基醚化合物與親水性乙烯基醚化合物的聚合物亦為較佳。作為該種氟系界面活性劑,能夠參閱日本特開2016-216602號公報的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。Moreover, as for the fluorine-based surfactant, it is also preferable to use a polymer of a fluorine atom-containing vinyl ether compound having a fluorinated alkyl group or a fluorinated alkylene ether group and a hydrophilic vinyl ether compound. As such a fluorine-based surfactant, the description in JP 2016-216602 A can be referred to, and the content is incorporated in this specification.

氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用嵌段聚合物。例如可舉出日本特開2011-089090號公報中所記載之化合物。氟系界面活性劑還能夠較佳地使用含氟高分子化合物,該含氟高分子化合物包含:源自具有氟原子之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元;及源自具有2個以上(較佳為5個以上)的伸烷氧基(較佳為伸乙氧基、伸丙氧基)之(甲基)丙烯酸酯化合物之重複單元。下述化合物亦作為本發明中所使用之氟系界面活性劑而例示。 [化學式35]

Figure 02_image069
上述化合物的重量平均分子量較佳為3000~50000,例如為14000。上述化合物中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。Block polymers can also be used as fluorine-based surfactants. For example, the compound described in JP 2011-089090 A can be mentioned. The fluorine-based surfactant can also preferably use a fluorine-containing polymer compound, which contains: a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having a fluorine atom; and a repeating unit derived from a (meth)acrylate compound having two or more ( Preferably, it is a repeating unit of the (meth)acrylate compound of an alkoxyl group (preferably an ethoxyl group or a propoxyl group) of 5 or more). The following compounds are also exemplified as fluorine-based surfactants used in the present invention. [Chemical formula 35]
Figure 02_image069
The weight average molecular weight of the above compound is preferably 3,000 to 50,000, for example, 14,000. In the above compound, the% representing the proportion of the repeating unit is mole %.

又,氟系界面活性劑還能夠使用在側鏈上具有乙烯性不飽和基團之含氟聚合物。作為具體例,可舉出日本特開2010-164965號公報的段落號0050~0090及段落號0289~0295中所記載之化合物、例如DIC Corporation製造的MEGAFACE RS-101、RS-102、RS-718K、RS-72-K等。氟系界面活性劑亦能夠使用日本特開2015-117327號公報的段落號0015~0158中所記載之化合物。In addition, as the fluorine-based surfactant, a fluorine-containing polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain can also be used. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0050 to 0090 and paragraph numbers 0289 to 0295 of JP 2010-164965 A, such as MEGAFACE RS-101, RS-102, RS-718K manufactured by DIC Corporation , RS-72-K, etc. As the fluorine-based surfactant, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0158 of JP 2015-117327 A can also be used.

作為非離子系界面活性劑,可舉出丙三醇(glycerol)、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如,丙三醇丙氧基化物、丙三醇乙氧基化物等)、聚氧乙烯月桂基醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂基醚、聚氧乙烯油基醚、聚氧乙烯辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、脫水山梨糖醇脂肪酸酯、Pluronic L10、L31、L61、L62、10R5、17R2、25R2(BASF公司製造)、Tetronic 304、701、704、901、904、150R1(BASF公司製造)、Solsperse 20000(Japan Lubrizol Corporation製造)、NCW-101、NCW-1001、NCW-1002(FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation製造)、PIONIN D-6112、D-6112-W、D-6315(Takemoto Oil & Fat Co.,Ltd.製造)、OLFIN E1010、Surfynol 104、400、440(Nissin Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造)等。Examples of nonionic surfactants include glycerol, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and these ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, glycerol) Oxygenates, glycerol ethoxylates, etc.), polyoxyethylene lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene oleyl ether, polyoxyethylene octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene nonyl Phenyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester, Pluronic L10, L31, L61, L62, 10R5, 17R2, 25R2 (manufactured by BASF) , Tetronic 304, 701, 704, 901, 904, 150R1 (manufactured by BASF Corporation), Solsperse 20000 (manufactured by Japan Lubrizol Corporation), NCW-101, NCW-1001, NCW-1002 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Wako Pure Chemical Corporation), PIONIN D -6112, D-6112-W, D-6315 (manufactured by Takemoto Oil & Fat Co., Ltd.), OLFIN E1010, Surfynol 104, 400, 440 (manufactured by Nissin Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.

作為聚矽氧系界面活性劑,例如可舉出Toray Silicone DC3PA、Toray Silicone SH7PA、Toray Silicone DC11PA、Toray Silicone SH21PA、Toray Silicone SH28PA、Toray Silicone SH29PA、Toray Silicone SH30PA、Toray Silicone SH8400(以上為Dow Corning Toray Co.,Ltd.製造)、TSF-4440、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上為Momentive Performance Materials Inc.製造)、KP-341、KF-6001、KF-6002(以上為Shin-Etsu Chemical Co.,LTD.製造)、BYK307、BYK323、BYK330(以上為BYK-Chemie Corporation製造)等。Examples of the silicone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, Toray Silicone DC11PA, Toray Silicone SH21PA, Toray Silicone SH28PA, Toray Silicone SH29PA, Toray Silicone SH30PA, Toray Silicone SH8400 (the above are Dow Corning Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4440, TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, TSF-4452 (manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials Inc.), KP-341, KF-6001, KF-6002 ( The above are manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., LTD.), BYK307, BYK323, BYK330 (the above are manufactured by BYK-Chemie Corporation), etc.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的界面活性劑的含量係0.001質量%~5.0質量%為較佳,0.005~3.0質量%為更佳。界面活性劑可以僅為1種,亦可以為2種以上。在2種以上的情形下,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.001% to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005 to 3.0% by mass. The surfactant may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<紫外線吸收劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有紫外線吸收劑。紫外線吸收劑能夠使用共軛二烯化合物、胺基二烯化合物、水楊酸化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯并三唑化合物、丙烯腈化合物、羥苯基三𠯤化合物、吲哚化合物、三𠯤化合物等。作為該種化合物,可舉出日本特開2009-217221號公報的段落號0038~0052、日本特開2012-208374號公報的段落號0052~0072、日本特開2013-068814號公報的段落號0317~0334、日本特開2016-162946號公報的段落號0061~0080中所記載之化合物,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。作為紫外線吸收劑的市售品,例如可舉出UV-503(DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD製造)等。又,作為苯并三唑化合物,可舉出MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO.,LTD.製造的MYUA系列(化學工業日報、2016年2月1日)。又,作為紫外線吸收劑,還能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的段落號0049~0059中所記載之化合物。<<Ultraviolet absorber>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an ultraviolet absorber. UV absorbers can use conjugated diene compounds, amino diene compounds, salicylic acid compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyl triene compounds, indole compounds, triene compounds, etc. 𠯤 Compounds and so on. Examples of such compounds include paragraph numbers 0038 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2009-217221, paragraph numbers 0052 to 0052 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-208374, paragraph numbers 0317 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2013-068814 ~0334, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0061 to 0080 of JP 2016-162946 A, and these contents are incorporated in this specification. As a commercial item of the ultraviolet absorber, UV-503 (made by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD) etc. are mentioned, for example. In addition, examples of the benzotriazole compound include the MYUA series manufactured by MIYOSHI OIL & FAT CO., LTD. (Chemical Industry Daily, February 1, 2016). In addition, as the ultraviolet absorber, the compounds described in paragraphs 0049 to 0059 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967 can also be used.

著色組成物的總固體成分中的紫外線吸收劑的含量係0.01~10質量%為較佳,0.01~5質量%為更佳。本發明中,紫外線吸收劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 5% by mass. In the present invention, only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<抗氧化劑>> 本發明的著色組成物能夠含有抗氧化劑。作為抗氧化劑,可舉出酚化合物、亞磷酸酯化合物、硫醚化合物等。作為酚化合物,能夠使用作為酚系抗氧化劑而已知之任意的酚化合物。作為較佳的酚化合物,可舉出受阻酚化合物。在與酚性羥基相鄰之部位(鄰位)具有取代基之化合物為較佳。作為前述取代基,碳數1~22的經取代或未經取代的烷基為較佳。又,抗氧化劑係在同一分子內具有酚基和亞磷酸酯基之化合物亦為較佳。又,抗氧化劑還能夠較佳地使用磷系抗氧化劑。作為磷系抗氧化劑,可舉出三[2-[[2,4,8,10-四(1,1-二甲基乙基)二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-6-基]氧基]乙基]胺、三[2-[(4,6,9,11-四-第三丁基二苯并[d,f][1,3,2]二氧雜膦雜環庚二烯-2-基)氧基]乙基]胺、亞磷酸乙基雙(2,4-二-第三丁基-6-甲基苯基)等。作為抗氧化劑的市售品,例如,可舉出Adekastab AO-20、Adekastab AO-30、Adekastab AO-40、Adekastab AO-50、Adekastab AO-50F、Adekastab AO-60、Adekastab AO-60G、Adekastab AO-80、Adekastab AO-330(以上為ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,抗氧化劑還能夠使用日本專利第6268967號公報的段落號0023~0048中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/006600號中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164024號中所記載之化合物。<<Antioxidant>> The colored composition of the present invention can contain an antioxidant. Examples of antioxidants include phenol compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenol compound, any phenol compound known as a phenol-based antioxidant can be used. As a preferable phenol compound, hindered phenol compound can be mentioned. A compound having a substituent at the position (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxyl group is preferred. As the aforementioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. Furthermore, it is also preferable that the antioxidant is a compound having a phenol group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, as the antioxidant, phosphorus-based antioxidants can also be preferably used. Examples of phosphorus antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetra(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2] Dioxaphosphane-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f] [1,3,2]Dioxaphosphin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, phosphite ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methyl Phenyl) and so on. Commercial products of antioxidants include, for example, Adekastab AO-20, Adekastab AO-30, Adekastab AO-40, Adekastab AO-50, Adekastab AO-50F, Adekastab AO-60, Adekastab AO-60G, Adekastab AO -80, Adekastab AO-330 (the above are manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION), etc. In addition, as antioxidants, the compounds described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/006600, and the compounds described in International Publication No. 2017/164024 can also be used. .

著色組成物的總固體成分中的抗氧化劑的含量係0.01~20質量%為較佳,0.3~15質量%為更佳。抗氧化劑可以僅使用1種,亦可以使用2種以上。當使用2種以上時,總量成為上述範圍為較佳。The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the coloring composition is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3 to 15% by mass. Only 1 type of antioxidant may be used, and 2 or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount falls within the above-mentioned range.

<<其他成分>> 依據需要,本發明的著色組成物還可以含有增感劑、硬化促進劑、填充劑、熱硬化促進劑、可塑劑及其他助劑類(例如,導電性粒子、填充劑、消泡劑、阻燃劑、調平劑、剝離促進劑、香料、表面張力調節劑、鏈轉移劑等)。能夠藉由適當地含有該等成分來調節膜物性等性質。關於該等成分,例如,能夠參閱日本特開2012-003225號公報的段落號0183以後(所對應之美國專利申請公開第2013/0034812號說明書的段落號0237)的記載、日本特開2008-250074號公報的段落號0101~0104、0107~0109等的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。又,依據需要,本發明的著色組成物還可以含有潛在抗氧化劑。作為潛伏的抗氧化劑,可舉出作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之部位被保護基保護之化合物,且保護基藉由在100~250℃下進行加熱或在酸/鹼觸媒存在下在80~200℃下進行加熱而脫離並作為抗氧化劑發揮功能之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑,可舉出國際公開第2014/021023號、國際公開第2017/030005號、日本特開2017-008219號公報中所記載之化合物。作為潛在抗氧化劑的市售品,可舉出ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001(ADEKA CORPORATION製造)等。又,如日本特開2018-155881號公報所記載,可以為了改善耐候性而添加C.I.顏料黃129。<<Other ingredients>> If necessary, the coloring composition of the present invention may also contain sensitizers, hardening accelerators, fillers, thermal hardening accelerators, plasticizers, and other auxiliary agents (for example, conductive particles, fillers, defoamers, barriers). Burning agent, leveling agent, peeling accelerator, fragrance, surface tension regulator, chain transfer agent, etc.). The properties such as the physical properties of the film can be adjusted by appropriately containing these components. Regarding these ingredients, for example, refer to the description of Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-003225, paragraph number 0183 and later (corresponding to the description of US Patent Application Publication No. 2013/0034812, paragraph number 0237), and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2008-250074 Bulletin No. 0101 to 0104, 0107 to 0109, etc., and these contents are incorporated into this specification. In addition, the coloring composition of the present invention may also contain a latent antioxidant, if necessary. As the latent antioxidant, there can be mentioned compounds in which the part that functions as an antioxidant is protected by a protective group, and the protective group is heated at 100 to 250°C or in the presence of an acid/base catalyst at 80 to 200°C It is a compound that decomposes by heating and functions as an antioxidant. Examples of potential antioxidants include compounds described in International Publication No. 2014/021023, International Publication No. 2017/030005, and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-008219. As a commercially available product of a potential antioxidant, ADEKA ARKLS GPA-5001 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION) and the like can be mentioned. In addition, as described in JP 2018-155881 A, C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 may be added in order to improve weather resistance.

為了調節所獲得的膜的折射率,本發明的著色組成物可以含有金屬氧化物。作為金屬氧化物,可舉出TiO2 、ZrO2 、Al2 O3 、SiO2 等。金屬氧化物的一次粒徑係1~100nm為較佳,3~70nm為更佳,5~50nm為進一步較佳。金屬氧化物可以具有核殼結構。又,在該情形下,核部可以為中空狀。In order to adjust the refractive index of the obtained film, the coloring composition of the present invention may contain a metal oxide. Examples of metal oxides include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably from 1 to 100 nm, more preferably from 3 to 70 nm, and even more preferably from 5 to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.

本發明的著色組成物可以包含耐光性改善劑。作為耐光性改善劑,可舉出日本特開2017-198787號公報的段落號0036~0037中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-146350號公報的段落號0029~0034中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129774號公報的段落號0036~0037、0049~0052中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-129674號公報的段落號0031~0034、0058~0059中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-122803號公報的段落號0036~0037、0051~0054中所記載之化合物、國際公開第2017/164127號的段落號0025~0039中所記載之化合物、日本特開2017-186546號公報的段落號0034~0047中所記載之化合物、日本特開2015-025116號公報的段落號0019~0041中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-145604號公報的段落號0101~0125中所記載之化合物、日本特開2012-103475號公報的段落號0018~0021中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-257591號公報的段落號0015~0018中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-191483號公報的段落號0017~0021中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-145668號公報的段落號0108~0116中所記載之化合物、日本特開2011-253174號公報的段落號0103~0153中所記載之化合物等。The coloring composition of the present invention may contain a light resistance improver. Examples of the light resistance improver include the compounds described in paragraphs 0036 to 0037 of JP 2017-198787, the compounds described in paragraphs 0029 to 0034 of JP 2017-146350, and Japanese The compound described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 and 0049 to 0052 of JP 2017-129774 A, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0031 to 0034 and 0058 to 0059 of JP 2017-129674 A, JP The compound described in paragraph numbers 0036 to 0037 and 0051 to 0054 of 2017-122803, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0025 to 0039 of International Publication No. 2017/164127, and the paragraph of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-186546 The compounds described in paragraphs 0034 to 0047, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0019 to 0041 of JP-A-2015-025116, the compounds described in paragraph numbers 0101 to 0125 of JP-A 2012-145604, The compound described in paragraph numbers 0018 to 0021 of JP 2012-103475 A, the compound described in paragraph numbers 0015 to 0018 of JP 2011-257591 A, and the paragraph of JP 2011-191483 A The compound described in Nos. 0017 to 0021, the compound described in Paragraph Nos. 0108 to 0116 of JP 2011-145668 A, the compound described in Paragraph Nos. 0103 to 0153 of JP 2011-253174 A, etc. .

本發明的著色組成物中,未與顏料等鍵結或配位之游離的金屬的含量係100ppm以下為較佳,50ppm以下為更佳,10ppm以下為進一步較佳,實質上不含為特佳。依據該態樣,能夠期待顏料分散性的穩定化(抑制凝聚)、伴隨提高分散性之光譜特性的提高、硬化性成分的穩定化、抑制伴隨金屬原子•金屬離子的溶出之導電性變動、顯示特性的提高等的效果。又,還可獲得日本特開2012-153796號公報、日本特開2000-345085號公報、日本特開2005-200560號公報、日本特開平08-043620號公報、日本特開2004-145078號公報、日本特開2014-119487號公報、日本特開2010-083997號公報、日本特開2017-090930號公報、日本特開2018-025612號公報、日本特開2018-025797號公報、日本特開2017-155228號公報、日本特開2018-036521號公報等中所記載之效果。作為上述游離的金屬的種類,可舉出Na、K、Ca、Sc、Ti、Mn、Cu、Zn、Fe、Cr、Co、Mg、Al、Sn、Zr、Ga、Ge、Ag、Au、Pt、Cs、Ni、Cd、Pb、Bi等。又,本發明的著色組成物中,未與顏料等鍵結或配位之游離的鹵素的含量係100ppm以下為較佳,50ppm以下為更佳,10ppm以下為進一步較佳,實質上不含為特佳。作為鹵素,可舉出F、Cl、Br、I及該等的陰離子。作為著色組成物中的游離的金屬、鹵素的減少方法,可舉出基於離子交換水之清洗、過濾、超過濾、基於離子交換樹脂之純化等方法。In the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of free metals that are not bonded or coordinated with pigments or the like is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and particularly preferably not substantially free . According to this aspect, stabilization of pigment dispersibility (inhibition of aggregation), improvement of spectral characteristics with improved dispersibility, stabilization of curable components, suppression of changes in conductivity accompanying the elution of metal atoms and metal ions, and display can be expected The effect of improving characteristics. In addition, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-153796, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2000-345085, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2005-200560, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 08-043620, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2004-145078, JP 2014-119487, JP 2010-083997, JP 2017-090930, JP 2018-025612, JP 2018-025797, JP 2017- The effects described in Bulletin No. 155228, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2018-036521, etc. Examples of the types of free metals mentioned above include Na, K, Ca, Sc, Ti, Mn, Cu, Zn, Fe, Cr, Co, Mg, Al, Sn, Zr, Ga, Ge, Ag, Au, Pt , Cs, Ni, Cd, Pb, Bi, etc. In addition, in the coloring composition of the present invention, the content of free halogen that is not bonded or coordinated with a pigment or the like is preferably 100 ppm or less, more preferably 50 ppm or less, more preferably 10 ppm or less, and it is substantially free of Especially good. Examples of the halogen include F, Cl, Br, I, and these anions. As a method of reducing free metals and halogens in the coloring composition, methods such as washing with ion-exchange water, filtration, ultrafiltration, and purification with ion-exchange resins can be mentioned.

本發明的著色組成物實質上不含對苯二甲酸酯亦為較佳。It is also preferable that the coloring composition of the present invention does not substantially contain terephthalate.

<收容容器> 作為本發明的著色組成物的收容容器,並無特別限制,能夠使用公知的收容容器。又,作為收容容器,以抑制雜質混入原材料或著色組成物中為目的,使用由6種6層的樹脂構成容器內壁之多層瓶或將6種樹脂設為7層結構之瓶亦為較佳。作為該種容器,例如可舉出日本特開2015-123351號公報中所記載的容器。又,為了防止自容器內壁的金屬溶出,提高組成物的保存穩定性,或者抑制成分改質等,著色組成物的內壁由玻璃製造或由不鏽鋼製造等亦為較佳。又,作為本發明的著色組成物的保存條件,並無特別限定,能夠使用習知之公知的方法。又,還能夠使用日本特開2016-180058號公報中所記載之方法。<Container Container> There are no particular limitations on the storage container of the colored composition of the present invention, and a known storage container can be used. In addition, as a container, it is also preferable to use a multilayer bottle with 6 kinds of 6-layer resins forming the inner wall of the container or a bottle with 6 kinds of resins in a 7-layer structure for the purpose of preventing impurities from mixing into the raw material or coloring composition. . As such a container, for example, the container described in JP 2015-123351 A can be cited. In addition, in order to prevent the elution of metal from the inner wall of the container, improve the storage stability of the composition, or suppress component modification, the inner wall of the colored composition is preferably made of glass or stainless steel. In addition, the storage conditions of the colored composition of the present invention are not particularly limited, and conventionally known methods can be used. In addition, the method described in JP 2016-180058 A can also be used.

<著色組成物之製造方法> 本發明的著色組成物能夠藉由混合前述成分而製造。製造著色組成物時,可以將所有成分同時溶解和/或分散於溶劑中而製造著色組成物,亦可以依據需要,將各成分適當地作為2個以上的溶液或分散液,並在使用時(塗佈時)將該等進行混合而製造著色組成物。<Method of manufacturing colored composition> The colored composition of the present invention can be produced by mixing the aforementioned components. When producing a coloring composition, all the components can be dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent at the same time to produce a coloring composition, or if necessary, each component can be appropriately used as two or more solutions or dispersions and used ( At the time of coating) These are mixed to produce a colored composition.

又,製造著色組成物時,包含使顏料分散之製程為較佳。在使顏料分散之製程中,作為用於顏料的分散之機械力,可舉出壓縮、壓榨、衝擊、剪切、氣蝕等。作為該等製程的具體例,可舉出珠磨、砂磨、輥磨、球磨、塗料攪拌、微射流、高速葉輪、混砂、噴射流混合、高壓濕式微粒化、超聲波分散等。又,在砂磨(珠磨)下的顏料的粉碎中,以如下條件進行處理為較佳,該條件為藉由使用直徑小的微珠,且提高微珠的填充率等而提高粉碎效率。又,在粉碎處理後藉由過濾、離心分離等而去除粗粒子為較佳。又,關於使顏料分散之製程及分散機,能夠較佳地使用“分散技術大全、株式會社資訊機構發行,2005年7月15日”或“以圍繞懸浮液(固體/液體分散體系)為中心之分散技術與工業上的實際應用綜合資料集,經營開發中心出版部發行,1978年10月10日”、日本特開2015-157893號公報的段落號0022中所記載的製程及分散機。又,在使顏料分散之製程中,可以藉由鹽磨製程進行粒子的微細化處理。在鹽磨製程中所使用之原材料、設備、處理條件等例如能夠參閱日本特開2015-194521號公報、日本特開2012-046629號公報的記載。In addition, when manufacturing the coloring composition, it is preferable to include a process of dispersing the pigment. In the process of dispersing the pigment, as the mechanical force used for the dispersion of the pigment, compression, squeezing, impact, shearing, cavitation, etc. can be mentioned. Specific examples of these processes include bead milling, sand milling, roller milling, ball milling, paint mixing, micro jet, high-speed impeller, sand mixing, jet mixing, high-pressure wet micronization, ultrasonic dispersion, and the like. In addition, in the pulverization of pigments by sand milling (bead mill), it is preferable to perform the treatment under the following conditions. The conditions are to increase the pulverization efficiency by using beads with a small diameter and increasing the filling rate of the beads. Furthermore, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugal separation, etc. after the crushing treatment. In addition, regarding the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment, it is better to use the "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, issued by the Information Agency Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "centering around the suspension (solid/liquid dispersion system) A comprehensive collection of materials on dispersion technology and practical applications in industry, issued by the Publishing Department of the Management Development Center, October 10, 1978", the process and dispersion machine described in paragraph number 0022 of Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-157893. In addition, in the process of dispersing the pigment, the particles can be refined by a salt milling process. The raw materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process can be referred to, for example, the descriptions in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-194521 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-046629.

製造著色組成物時,為了去除異物或降低缺陷等,用過濾器過濾著色組成物為較佳。作為過濾器,只要係一直以來用於過濾用途等之過濾器,則能夠無特別限制地進行使用。例如可舉出使用聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)等氟樹脂、尼龍(例如尼龍-6、尼龍-6,6)等聚醯胺樹脂、聚乙烯、聚丙烯(PP)等聚烯烴樹脂(包含高密度、超高分子量的聚烯烴樹脂)等原材料之過濾器。在該等原材料之中,聚丙烯(包含高密度聚丙烯)及尼龍為較佳。When manufacturing the coloring composition, it is preferable to filter the coloring composition with a filter in order to remove foreign matter or reduce defects. As the filter, as long as it is a filter conventionally used for filtering purposes, etc., it can be used without particular limitation. For example, fluororesins such as polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), polyamide resins such as nylon (eg nylon-6, nylon-6, 6), polyolefin resins such as polyethylene, polypropylene (PP), etc. (including high Density, ultra-high molecular weight polyolefin resin) and other raw materials filters. Among these raw materials, polypropylene (including high-density polypropylene) and nylon are preferred.

過濾器的孔徑係0.01~7.0μm為較佳,0.01~3.0μm為更佳,0.05~0.5μm為進一步較佳。只要過濾器的孔徑在上述範圍,則能夠更可靠地去除微細的異物。關於過濾器的孔徑值,能夠參閱過濾器廠商的標稱值。關於過濾器,能夠使用由NIHON PALL LTD.(DFA4201NIEY等)、Advantec Toyo Kaisha,Ltd.、Japan Entegris Inc.(舊Japan Microlis Co.,Ltd.)及KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION等提供之各種過濾器。The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.01 to 7.0 μm, more preferably 0.01 to 3.0 μm, and even more preferably 0.05 to 0.5 μm. As long as the pore size of the filter is within the above range, fine foreign matter can be removed more reliably. Regarding the pore size of the filter, you can refer to the nominal value of the filter manufacturer. Regarding the filter, various filters provided by NIHON PALL LTD. (DFA4201NIEY, etc.), Advantec Toyo Kaisha, Ltd., Japan Entegris Inc. (formerly Japan Microlis Co., Ltd.), and KITZ MICRO FILTER CORPORATION can be used.

又,作為過濾器,使用纖維狀的過濾材料亦為較佳。作為纖維狀的濾材,例如可舉出聚丙烯纖維、尼龍纖維、玻璃纖維等。作為市售品,可舉出ROKI TECHNO CO.,LTD.製造的SBP類型系列(SBP008等)、TPR類型系列(TPR002、TPR005等)、SHPX類型系列(SHPX003等)。Moreover, it is also preferable to use a fibrous filter material as a filter. Examples of fibrous filter materials include polypropylene fibers, nylon fibers, and glass fibers. Examples of commercially available products include SBP type series (SBP008, etc.) manufactured by ROKI TECHNO CO., LTD., TPR type series (TPR002, TPR005, etc.), and SHPX type series (SHPX003, etc.).

在使用過濾器時,可以組合不同之過濾器(例如,第1過濾器和第2過濾器等)。此時,用各過濾器之過濾可以僅進行1次,亦可以進行2次以上。又,可以在上述範圍內組合不同孔徑的過濾器。又,用第1過濾器之過濾可以僅對分散液進行,在混合其他成分之後,用第2過濾器進行過濾。When using filters, you can combine different filters (for example, the first filter and the second filter, etc.). At this time, the filtration with each filter may be performed only once, or it may be performed more than twice. In addition, filters with different pore diameters can be combined within the above-mentioned range. In addition, the filtration with the first filter may be performed only on the dispersion, and after mixing other components, the filtration may be performed with the second filter.

<硬化膜> 本發明的硬化膜為由上述本發明的著色組成物獲得之硬化膜。本發明的硬化膜能夠用於濾色器等。具體而言,能夠較佳地用作濾色器的著色層(像素),更具體而言,能夠較佳地用作濾色器的紅色著色層(紅色像素)。本發明的硬化膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當地進行調節。例如,膜厚係20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。膜厚的下限係0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳,0.3μm以上為進一步較佳。<Cure film> The cured film of the present invention is a cured film obtained from the above-mentioned colored composition of the present invention. The cured film of the present invention can be used for color filters and the like. Specifically, it can be preferably used as a coloring layer (pixel) of a color filter, and more specifically, it can be preferably used as a red coloring layer (red pixel) of a color filter. The film thickness of the cured film of this invention can be adjusted suitably according to the objective. For example, the film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

<濾色器> 接著,對本發明的濾色器進行說明。本發明的濾色器具有上述本發明的硬化膜。更佳為具有本發明的硬化膜作為濾色器的像素。本發明的濾色器能夠用於CCD(電荷耦合元件)或CMOS(互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)等固體攝像元件或圖像顯示裝置等。<Color filter> Next, the color filter of the present invention will be described. The color filter of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. More preferably, it is a pixel which has the cured film of this invention as a color filter. The color filter of the present invention can be used for solid-state imaging devices such as CCD (Charge Coupled Device) or CMOS (Complementary Metal Oxide Film Semiconductor), image display devices, and the like.

本發明的濾色器中,本發明的硬化膜的膜厚能夠依據目的而適當地進行調節。膜厚係20μm以下為較佳,10μm以下為更佳,5μm以下為進一步較佳。膜厚的下限係0.1μm以上為較佳,0.2μm以上為更佳,0.3μm以上為進一步較佳。In the color filter of the present invention, the film thickness of the cured film of the present invention can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.

關於本發明的濾色器,像素的寬度係0.5~20.0μm為較佳。下限係1.0μm以上為較佳,2.0μm以上為更佳。上限係15.0μm以下為較佳,10.0μm以下為更佳。又,像素的楊氏模量係0.5~20GPa為較佳,2.5~15GPa為更佳。Regarding the color filter of the present invention, the width of the pixel is preferably 0.5 to 20.0 μm. The lower limit is preferably 1.0 μm or more, and more preferably 2.0 μm or more. The upper limit is preferably 15.0 μm or less, and more preferably 10.0 μm or less. In addition, the Young's modulus of the pixel is preferably 0.5-20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5-15 GPa.

本發明的濾色器中所含之各像素具有高平坦性為較佳。具體而言,像素的表面粗糙度Ra係100nm以下為較佳,40nm以下為更佳,15nm以下為進一步較佳。下限並無規定,例如較佳為0.1nm以上。關於像素的表面粗糙度,例如能夠使用Veeco公司製造的AFM(原子力顯微鏡)Dimension3100來進行測量。又,像素上的水的接觸角能夠設定為適當較佳的值,但典型的係50~110°的範圍。接觸角例如能夠使用接觸角計CV-DT•A型(Kyowa Interface Science Co.,LTD.製造)來進行測量。又,像素的體積電阻值高為較佳。具體而言,像素的體積電阻值較佳為109 Ω•cm以上,更佳為1011 Ω•cm以上。上限並無規定,但例如較佳為1014 Ω•cm以下。像素的體積電阻值例如能夠使用超高電阻計5410(ADVANTEST CORPORATION製造)來進行測量。It is preferable that each pixel included in the color filter of the present invention has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and more preferably 15 nm or less. The lower limit is not specified, but it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. Regarding the surface roughness of the pixel, for example, it can be measured using an AFM (Atomic Force Microscope) Dimension3100 manufactured by Veeco. In addition, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate value, but is typically in the range of 50 to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using a contact angle meter CV-DT•A (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., LTD.), for example. In addition, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. The upper limit is not specified, but, for example, it is preferably 10 14 Ω•cm or less. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by ADVANTEST CORPORATION).

又,本發明的濾色器中,可以在本發明的硬化膜的表面設置保護層。藉由設置保護層,能夠賦予阻氧化、低反射化、親疏水化、特定波長的光(紫外線、近紅外線等)的屏蔽等各種功能。作為保護層的厚度,0.01~10μm為較佳,0.1~5μm為更佳。作為保護層的形成方法,可舉出塗佈溶解於有機溶劑中之樹脂組成物而形成之方法、化學氣相沉積法、用黏合材料貼付所成型之樹脂之方法等。作為構成保護層之成分,可舉出(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂、烯-硫醇樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚醚樹脂、聚芳酯樹脂、聚碸樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、聚苯樹脂、聚伸芳基醚氧化膦樹脂、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醯胺醯亞胺樹脂、聚烯烴樹脂、環狀烯烴樹脂、聚酯樹脂、苯乙烯樹脂、多元醇樹脂、聚偏二氯乙烯樹脂、三聚氰胺樹脂、聚胺酯樹脂、芳族聚醯胺樹脂、聚醯胺樹脂、醇酸樹脂、環氧樹脂、改質聚矽氧樹脂、氟樹脂、聚碳酸酯樹脂、聚丙烯腈樹脂、纖維素樹脂、Si、C、W、Al2 O3 、Mo、SiO2 、Si2 N4 等,可以含有兩種以上的該等成分。例如,在用於阻氧化之保護層之情形下,保護層包含多元醇樹脂、SiO2 及Si2 N4 為較佳。又,在用於低反射化之保護層之情形下,保護層包含(甲基)丙烯酸樹脂和氟樹脂為較佳。In addition, in the color filter of the present invention, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the cured film of the present invention. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxidation resistance, low reflection, hydrophobization, and shielding of specific wavelengths of light (ultraviolet, near infrared, etc.) can be imparted. As the thickness of the protective layer, 0.01 to 10 μm is preferable, and 0.1 to 5 μm is more preferable. As a method of forming the protective layer, a method of applying a resin composition dissolved in an organic solvent to form it, a chemical vapor deposition method, a method of pasting the molded resin with an adhesive material, and the like can be mentioned. Examples of components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polyether resins, polyether sulfide resins, polyphenyl resins, Polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin , Melamine resin, polyurethane resin, aromatic polyamide resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluororesin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin , Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4, etc., may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer for preventing oxidation, the protective layer preferably contains polyol resin, SiO 2 and Si 2 N 4 . In addition, in the case of a protective layer for low reflection, the protective layer preferably contains (meth)acrylic resin and fluororesin.

在塗佈樹脂組成物而形成保護層之情形下,作為樹脂組成物之塗佈方法,能夠使用旋塗法、澆鑄法、網板印刷法、噴墨法等公知的方法。樹脂組成物中所含之有機溶劑能夠使用公知的有機溶劑(例如,丙二醇1-單甲醚2-乙酸酯、環戊酮、乳酸乙酯等)。在藉由化學氣相沉積法形成保護層之情形下,作為化學氣相沉積法,能夠使用公知的化學氣相沉積法(熱化學氣相沉積法、電漿化學氣相沉積法、光化學氣相沉積法)。When a resin composition is applied to form a protective layer, as a method of applying the resin composition, a known method such as a spin coating method, a casting method, a screen printing method, and an inkjet method can be used. As the organic solvent contained in the resin composition, a known organic solvent (for example, propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl lactate, etc.) can be used. In the case of forming the protective layer by the chemical vapor deposition method, as the chemical vapor deposition method, a well-known chemical vapor deposition method (thermal chemical vapor deposition method, plasma chemical vapor deposition method, photochemical vapor deposition method) can be used. Facies deposition method).

依據需要,保護層還可以含有有機•無機微粒子、特定波長的光(例如,紫外線、近紅外線等)的吸收劑、折射率調節劑、抗氧化劑、黏附劑、界面活性劑等添加劑。作為有機•無機微粒的例子,例如,可舉出高分子微粒(例如,聚矽氧樹脂微粒、聚苯乙烯微粒、三聚氰胺樹脂微粒)、氧化鈦、氧化鋅、氧化鋯、氧化銦、氧化鋁、氮化鈦、氧氮化鈦、氟化鎂、中空二氧化矽、二氧化矽、碳酸鈣、硫酸鋇等。特定波長的光的吸收劑能夠使用公知的吸收劑。對於該等添加劑的含量,能夠適當地進行調節,但是相對於保護層的總質量,係0.1~70質量%為較佳,1~60質量%為進一步較佳。According to needs, the protective layer may also contain organic and inorganic particles, absorbers for specific wavelengths of light (for example, ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.), refractive index modifiers, antioxidants, adhesives, surfactants, and other additives. Examples of organic and inorganic particles include, for example, polymer particles (for example, silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, Titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silicon dioxide, silicon dioxide, calcium carbonate, barium sulfate, etc. As the absorber for light of a specific wavelength, a known absorber can be used. The content of these additives can be appropriately adjusted, but with respect to the total mass of the protective layer, 0.1 to 70% by mass is preferable, and 1 to 60% by mass is more preferable.

又,作為保護層,還能夠使用日本特開2017-151176號公報的段落號0073~0092中所記載之保護層。In addition, as the protective layer, the protective layer described in paragraph numbers 0073 to 0092 of JP 2017-151176 A can also be used.

濾色器亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間嵌入有各著色像素。The color filter may also have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space separated by a partition wall, for example, in a grid shape.

<濾色器之製造方法> 接著,對本發明的濾色器之製造方法進行說明。本發明的濾色器能夠經由如下製程來製造:使用上述之本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之製程;及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法在著色組成物層上形成圖案之製程。<Manufacturing method of color filter> Next, the manufacturing method of the color filter of this invention is demonstrated. The color filter of the present invention can be manufactured through the following processes: the process of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the above-mentioned coloring composition of the present invention; and forming a coloring composition layer on the coloring composition layer by a photolithography method or a dry etching method. The process of forming patterns on top.

(光微影法) 首先,對藉由光微影法形成圖案來製造濾色器之情形進行說明。基於光微影法之圖案形成包括如下製程為較佳:使用本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之製程;將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀之製程;及顯影去除著色組成物層的未曝光部而形成圖案(像素)之製程。依據需要,還可以設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤之製程(預烘烤製程)及對經顯影之圖案(像素)進行烘烤之製程(後烘烤製程)。(Photolithography) First, the case where a color filter is manufactured by forming a pattern by a photolithography method will be described. The pattern formation based on the photolithography method preferably includes the following processes: a process of forming a coloring composition layer on a support using the coloring composition of the present invention; a process of exposing the coloring composition layer into a pattern; and developing and removing coloring The process of forming patterns (pixels) on the unexposed parts of the composition layer. According to needs, the process of baking the colored composition layer (pre-baking process) and the process of baking the developed pattern (pixel) (post-baking process) can also be set.

形成本發明的著色組成物層之步驟中,使用著色組成物,在支撐體上形成著色組成物層。作為支撐體,並無特別限制,能夠根據用途而適當選擇。例如,可舉出玻璃基板、矽基板等,矽基板為較佳。又,在矽基板上可以形成有電荷耦合元件(CCD)、互補金屬氧化物半導體(CMOS)、透明導電膜等。又,有時在矽基板上形成有將各像素隔離之黑矩陣(black matrix)。又,為了改善與上部層的黏附性、防止物質的擴散或者基板表面的平坦化,可以在矽基板上設置底塗層。In the step of forming the colored composition layer of the present invention, the colored composition is used to form the colored composition layer on the support. The support is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected according to the use. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. In addition, a charge coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. In addition, a black matrix that isolates each pixel is sometimes formed on a silicon substrate. In addition, in order to improve the adhesion with the upper layer, prevent the diffusion of substances, or flatten the surface of the substrate, an undercoat layer may be provided on the silicon substrate.

作為著色組成物的塗佈方法,能夠使用公知的方法。例如,可舉出滴加法(滴鑄);狹縫塗佈法;噴霧法;輥塗法;旋轉塗佈法(旋塗);流延塗佈法;狹縫旋塗法;預濕法(例如,日本特開2009-145395號公報中所記載之方法);噴墨(例如按需方式、壓電方式、熱方式)、噴嘴噴射等噴出系印刷、柔版印刷、網版印刷、凹版印刷、逆轉偏移印刷、金屬遮罩印刷法等各種印刷法;使用模具等之轉印法;奈米壓印法等。作為噴墨中之適用方法並沒有特別限定,例如可舉出“可推廣、使用之噴墨-專利中出現之無限可能性-,2005年2月發行,Sumitbe Techon Research Co.,Ltd.”所示之方法(尤其第115頁~第133頁)或日本特開2003-262716號公報、日本特開2003-185831號公報、日本特開2003-261827號公報、日本特開2012-126830號公報、日本特開2006-169325號公報等中所記載之方法。又,關於著色組成物之塗佈方法,能夠參閱國際公開第2017/030174號、國際公開第2017/018419號的記載,且該等內容被編入到本說明書中。As a coating method of the coloring composition, a well-known method can be used. For example, the dropping method (drop casting); the slit coating method; the spray method; the roll coating method; the spin coating method (spin coating); the casting coating method; the slit spin coating method; the pre-wet method ( For example, the method described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2009-145395); inkjet (for example, on-demand, piezoelectric, thermal), nozzle jet and other jet printing, flexographic printing, screen printing, gravure printing , Reverse offset printing, metal mask printing and other printing methods; transfer method using molds, etc.; nano imprinting method, etc. There is no particular limitation on the applicable method in inkjet, for example, "Inkjet that can be promoted and used-Unlimited possibilities in patents-Issued in February 2005, Sumitbe Techon Research Co., Ltd." (Especially pages 115 to 133) or Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-262716, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-185831, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2003-261827, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-126830, The method described in JP 2006-169325 A, etc. In addition, regarding the coating method of the coloring composition, refer to the descriptions of International Publication No. 2017/030174 and International Publication No. 2017/018419, and these contents are incorporated in this specification.

形成於支撐體上之著色組成物層可以進行乾燥(預烘烤)。在藉由低溫製程製造膜之情形下,可以不進行預烘烤。當進行預烘烤時,預烘烤溫度係150℃以下為較佳,120℃以下為更佳,110℃以下為進一步較佳。下限例如能夠設為50℃以上,亦能夠設為80℃以上。預烘烤時間係10~300秒為較佳,40~250秒為更佳,80~220秒為進一步較佳。預烘烤能夠用加熱板、烘箱等來進行。The colored composition layer formed on the support can be dried (pre-baked). In the case of manufacturing the film by a low-temperature process, pre-baking may not be performed. When performing pre-baking, the pre-baking temperature is preferably 150°C or lower, more preferably 120°C or lower, and even more preferably 110°C or lower. The lower limit can be set to 50°C or higher, or 80°C or higher, for example. The pre-baking time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 to 220 seconds. The pre-baking can be performed with a hot plate, an oven, or the like.

<<曝光製程>> 接著,將著色組成物層曝光成圖案狀(曝光製程)。例如,使用步進曝光機、掃描曝光機等,隔著具有既定的遮罩圖案之遮罩,對著色組成物層進行曝光,藉此能夠曝光成圖案狀。藉此,能夠使曝光部分硬化。<<Exposure process>> Next, the colored composition layer is exposed into a pattern (exposure process). For example, by using a stepper exposure machine, a scanning exposure machine, etc., the colored composition layer is exposed through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern, thereby enabling exposure in a pattern. Thereby, the exposed part can be hardened.

作為能夠在曝光時使用之放射線(光),可舉出g射線、i射線等。又,亦能夠使用波長300nm以下的光(較佳為波長180~300nm的光)。作為波長300nm以下的光,可舉出KrF射線(波長248nm)、ArF射線(波長193nm)等,KrF射線(波長248nm)為較佳。又,還能夠利用300nm以上的長波長的光源。Examples of radiation (light) that can be used for exposure include g-rays, i-rays, and the like. Moreover, light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 180 to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light having a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), ArF rays (wavelength 193 nm), and the like. KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm) are preferred. In addition, a long-wavelength light source of 300 nm or more can also be used.

又,在曝光時,可以連續照射光而進行曝光,亦可以脈衝照射而進行曝光(脈衝曝光)。另外,脈衝曝光係指在短時間(例如,毫秒級以下)的循環中反覆進行光的照射和暫停而進行曝光之方式的曝光方法。脈衝曝光時,脈衝寬度係100奈秒(ns)以下為較佳,50奈秒以下為更佳,30奈秒以下為進一步較佳。關於脈衝寬度的下限,並無特別限定,但是能夠設為1飛秒(fs)以上,還能夠設為10飛秒以上。頻率係1kHz以上為較佳,2kHz以上為更佳,4kHz以上為進一步較佳。頻率的上限係50kHz以下為較佳,20kHz以下為更佳,10kHz以下為進一步較佳。最大瞬間照度係50000000W/m2 以上為較佳,100000000W/m2 以上為更佳,200000000W/m2 以上為進一步較佳。又,最大瞬間照度的上限係1000000000W/m2 以下為較佳,800000000W/m2 以下為更佳,500000000W/m2 以下為進一步較佳。另外,脈衝寬度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間。又,頻率係指每一秒的脈衝週期的次數。又,最大瞬間照度係指在脈衝週期中照射光之時間內的平均照度。又,脈衝週期係指將脈衝曝光中的光的照射和暫停作為一個循環之週期。In addition, at the time of exposure, light may be continuously irradiated for exposure, or pulsed irradiation may be used for exposure (pulse exposure). In addition, pulse exposure refers to an exposure method in which light is irradiated and paused repeatedly in a short-time (for example, millisecond or less) cycle. In pulse exposure, the pulse width is preferably 100 nanoseconds (ns) or less, more preferably 50 nanoseconds or less, and more preferably 30 nanoseconds or less. The lower limit of the pulse width is not particularly limited, but can be set to 1 femtosecond (fs) or more, and can also be set to 10 femtoseconds or more. The frequency is preferably 1 kHz or more, more preferably 2 kHz or more, and even more preferably 4 kHz or more. The upper limit of the frequency is preferably 50 kHz or less, more preferably 20 kHz or less, and even more preferably 10 kHz or less. The maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 50,000,000 W/m 2 or more, more preferably 100,000,000 W/m 2 or more, and even more preferably 200,000,000 W/m 2 or more. In addition, the upper limit of the maximum instantaneous illuminance is preferably 1000000000 W/m 2 or less, more preferably 800000000 W/m 2 or less, and more preferably 500000000 W/m 2 or less. In addition, the pulse width refers to the time during which light is irradiated in the pulse period. In addition, frequency refers to the number of pulse cycles per second. In addition, the maximum instantaneous illuminance refers to the average illuminance during the pulse period during which light is irradiated. In addition, the pulse period refers to a period in which the irradiation and pause of light in pulse exposure are regarded as one cycle.

照射量(曝光量)例如係0.03~2.5J/cm2 為較佳,0.05~1.0J/cm2 為更佳。關於曝光時的氧濃度,能夠適當選擇,除在大氣下進行以外,例如可以在氧濃度為19體積%以下的低氧環境下(例如,15體積%、5體積%或實質上無氧)下進行曝光,亦可以在氧濃度超過21體積%之高氧環境下(例如,22體積%、30體積%或50體積%)下進行曝光。又,曝光照度能夠適當設定,通常能夠從1000W/m2 ~100000W/m2 (例如,5000W/m2 、15000W/m2 或35000W/m2 )的範圍選擇。氧濃度和曝光照度可以適當組合條件,例如能夠設為氧濃度10體積%且照度10000W/m2 、氧濃度35體積%且照度20000W/m2 等。The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 0.03 to 2.5 J/cm 2, and more preferably 0.05 to 1.0 J/cm 2 . Regarding the oxygen concentration during exposure, it can be appropriately selected. In addition to performing in the atmosphere, for example, it can be in a low-oxygen environment with an oxygen concentration of 19% by volume or less (for example, 15% by volume, 5% by volume, or substantially no oxygen). Exposure can also be performed in a high oxygen environment (for example, 22 vol%, 30 vol%, or 50 vol%) where the oxygen concentration exceeds 21 vol%. In addition, the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and usually can be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100000 W/m 2 (for example, 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 or 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and the exposure illuminance can be appropriately combined with conditions. For example, the oxygen concentration can be 10% by volume and the illuminance is 10,000 W/m 2 , the oxygen concentration is 35% by volume, and the illuminance is 20,000 W/m 2 .

接著,顯影去除著色組合物層的未曝光部而形成圖案(像素)。著色組合物層的未曝光部的顯影去除能夠使用顯影液來進行。藉此,曝光製程中的未曝光部的著色組成物層溶出於顯影液中,只有經光硬化之部分殘留。顯影液的溫度例如係20~30℃為較佳。顯影時間係20~180秒為較佳。又,為了提高殘渣去除性,可以反覆進行複數次每隔60秒甩掉顯影液,進而供給新的顯影液之製程。Next, development removes the unexposed part of the colored composition layer to form a pattern (pixel). The development and removal of the unexposed part of the coloring composition layer can be performed using a developer. Thereby, the coloring composition layer of the unexposed part in the exposure process is dissolved in the developing solution, and only the photohardened part remains. The temperature of the developer is preferably 20 to 30°C, for example. The development time is preferably 20 to 180 seconds. In addition, in order to improve the residue removal, the process of spinning off the developer every 60 seconds can be repeated several times, and then supplying a new developer.

顯影液可舉出有機溶劑、鹼顯影液等,可較佳地使用鹼顯影液。作為鹼顯影液,用純水稀釋鹼劑而得之鹼性水溶液(鹼顯影液)為較佳。作為鹼劑,例如可舉出聚胺酯、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、二甘醇胺(diglycolamine)、二乙醇胺、羥胺、乙二胺、四甲基氫氧化銨、四乙基氫氧化銨、四丙基氫氧化銨、四丁基氫氧化銨、乙基三甲基氫氧化銨、苄基三甲基氫氧化銨、二甲基雙(2-羥基乙基)氫氧化銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一碳烯等有機鹼性化合物或氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等無機鹼性化合物。在環境方面及安全方面上,鹼劑係分子量大的化合物為較佳。鹼性水溶液的鹼劑的濃度係0.001~10質量%為較佳,0.01~1質量%為更佳。又,顯影液可進一步包含界面活性劑。作為界面活性劑,可舉出上述界面活性劑,非離子系界面活性劑為較佳。從方便移送或保管等觀點而言,顯影液可以暫時製造成濃縮液,使用時稀釋成所需濃度。稀釋倍率並無特別限定,例如能夠設定於1.5~100倍的範圍。又,顯影之後用純水進行清洗(沖洗)亦為較佳。又,沖洗藉由使形成有顯影後的著色組成物層之支撐體旋轉的同時向顯影後的著色組成物層供給沖洗液來進行為較佳。又,藉由使吐出沖洗液之噴嘴從支撐體的中心部向支撐體的周緣部移動來進行亦為較佳。此時,在從噴嘴的支撐體中心部向周緣部移動時,可以在逐漸降低噴嘴的移動速度的同時使其移動。藉由以該種方式進行沖洗,能夠抑制沖洗的面內偏差。又,藉由使噴嘴從支撐體中心部向周緣部移動的同時逐漸降低支撐體的轉速亦可獲得相同的效果。Examples of the developer include an organic solvent, an alkaline developer, and the like, and an alkaline developer can be preferably used. As the alkaline developer, an alkaline aqueous solution (alkali developer) obtained by diluting the alkaline agent with pure water is preferred. Examples of alkali agents include polyurethane, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, diglycolamine, diethanolamine, hydroxylamine, ethylenediamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and tetraethyl hydrogen. Ammonium oxide, tetrapropyl ammonium hydroxide, tetrabutyl ammonium hydroxide, ethyl trimethyl ammonium hydroxide, benzyl trimethyl ammonium hydroxide, dimethyl bis (2-hydroxyethyl) ammonium hydroxide, Choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene and other organic alkaline compounds or sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, silicon Inorganic alkaline compounds such as sodium salt and sodium metasilicate. In terms of environment and safety, alkali-based compounds with large molecular weights are preferred. The concentration of the alkali agent in the alkaline aqueous solution is preferably 0.001 to 10% by mass, and more preferably 0.01 to 1% by mass. In addition, the developer may further contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, the above-mentioned surfactants can be exemplified, and nonionic surfactants are preferred. From the viewpoint of convenient transportation or storage, the developer can be temporarily produced as a concentrated solution, and diluted to a desired concentration during use. The dilution ratio is not particularly limited, and can be set in the range of 1.5 to 100 times, for example. Furthermore, it is also preferable to wash (rinse) with pure water after development. In addition, rinsing is preferably performed by supplying a rinsing liquid to the developed coloring composition layer while rotating the support on which the developed coloring composition layer is formed. Moreover, it is also preferable to perform it by moving the nozzle which discharges a rinse liquid from the center part of a support body to the peripheral part of a support body. At this time, when moving from the center portion of the support body of the nozzle to the peripheral edge portion, the nozzle can be moved while gradually reducing the movement speed of the nozzle. By performing rinsing in this way, the in-plane deviation of rinsing can be suppressed. In addition, the same effect can be obtained by gradually reducing the rotation speed of the support while moving the nozzle from the center of the support to the peripheral edge.

顯影之後,實施乾燥之後進行追加曝光處理、加熱處理(後烘烤)為較佳。追加曝光處理、後烘烤為用於製成完全硬化者之顯影後的硬化處理。後烘烤中的加熱溫度例如係100~240℃為較佳,200~240℃為更佳。能夠以成為上述條件之方式,使用加熱板或對流烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以連續式或間歇式將顯影後的膜進行後烘烤。在進行追加曝光處理之情形下,用於曝光之光係波長400nm以下的光為較佳。又,追加曝光處理可以藉由韓國公開專利第10-2017-0122130號公報中所記載之方法進行。After development, it is preferable to perform additional exposure treatment and heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. Additional exposure treatment and post-baking are curing treatments after development for making a fully cured product. The heating temperature in the post-baking is, for example, preferably 100 to 240°C, more preferably 200 to 240°C. The developed film can be post-baked in a continuous or intermittent manner using a heating mechanism such as a heating plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation type dryer), or a high-frequency heater so as to meet the above-mentioned conditions. In the case of performing additional exposure processing, the light used for exposure is preferably light with a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, the additional exposure processing can be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.

(乾式蝕刻法) 接著,對藉由乾式蝕刻法形成圖案來製造濾色器之情形進行說明。基於乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成包括如下製程為較佳:使用本發明的著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層,並使該整個著色組成物層硬化而形成硬化物層之製程;在該硬化物層上形成光阻劑層之製程;將光阻劑層曝光成圖案狀之後,進行顯影而形成阻劑圖案之製程;及將該阻劑圖案作為遮罩並使用蝕刻氣體對硬化物層進行乾式蝕刻之製程。在形成光阻劑層時,進一步實施預烘烤處理為較佳。尤其,作為光阻劑層的形成製程,實施曝光後的加熱處理、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)之形態為較佳。關於利用乾式蝕刻法之圖案形成,能夠參閱日本特開2013-064993號公報的段落號0010~0067的記載,且該內容被編入到本說明書中。(Dry etching method) Next, a description will be given of a case where a color filter is manufactured by patterning by a dry etching method. The pattern formation based on the dry etching method preferably includes the following process: the coloring composition of the present invention is used to form a coloring composition layer on a support, and the entire coloring composition layer is hardened to form a hardened layer; The process of forming a photoresist layer on the hardened layer; the process of exposing the photoresist layer into a pattern and then developing to form a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as a mask and using an etching gas on the hardened layer Perform dry etching process. When forming the photoresist layer, it is better to further perform a pre-baking treatment. In particular, as a process for forming the photoresist layer, a form of performing a heat treatment after exposure and a heat treatment after development (post-baking treatment) is preferable. Regarding the pattern formation by the dry etching method, reference can be made to the description of paragraph numbers 0010 to 0067 of JP 2013-064993 A, and this content is incorporated in this specification.

<固體攝像元件> 本發明的固體攝像元件具有上述本發明的硬化膜。作為本發明的固體攝像元件的結構,只要係具備本發明的硬化膜,且作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能之結構,則並無特別限定,例如可舉出如下結構。<Solid-state imaging device> The solid-state imaging element of the present invention has the cured film of the present invention described above. The structure of the solid-state imaging element of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it includes the cured film of the present invention and functions as a solid-state imaging element. For example, the following structures can be mentioned.

攝像元件的結構如下:在基板上具有由構成固體攝像元件(CCD(電荷耦合元件)影像感測器、CMOS(互補型金屬氧化膜半導體)影像感測器等)的受光區域之複數個光電二極體及多晶矽等構成之傳輸電極,在光電二極體及傳輸電極上具有只有光電二極體的受光部開口之遮光膜,在遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個表面及光電二極體受光部之方式形成之由氮化矽等構成之設備保護膜,在設備保護膜上具有濾色器。而且,可以為在設備保護膜上且濾色器的下側(靠近基板的側)具有聚光機構(例如,微透鏡等。以下相同)之結構或在濾色器上具有聚光機構之結構等。又,濾色器亦可以具有如下結構:在藉由隔壁例如以方格狀隔開之空間嵌入有各著色像素。該情形下的隔壁係比各著色像素低的折射率為較佳。作為具有該種結構之攝像裝置的例子,可舉出日本特開2012-227478號公報、日本特開2014-179577號公報、國際公開第2018/043654號、美國專利申請公開第2018/0040656號說明書中所記載之裝置。具備本發明的固體攝像元件之攝像裝置除了能夠用作數碼相機或具有攝像功能之電子設備(行動電話等)之外,還能夠用作車載攝像機或監視攝像機。The structure of the imaging element is as follows: a solid-state imaging element (CCD (charge coupled device) image sensor, CMOS (complementary metal oxide film semiconductor) image sensor, etc.) of the light-receiving area is provided on the substrate. The transmission electrode composed of polar body and polysilicon, etc. has a light-shielding film on the photodiode and transmission electrode with only the opening of the light-receiving part of the photodiode, and the light-shielding film has to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode to receive light A device protection film made of silicon nitride, etc., formed by the method of the part, has a color filter on the device protection film. Moreover, it may be a structure with a light-concentrating mechanism (for example, a micro lens, etc.) on the device protective film and the lower side of the color filter (side close to the substrate) or a structure with a light-concentrating mechanism on the color filter Wait. In addition, the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by a partition wall, for example, in a grid shape. In this case, it is preferable that the partition system has a lower refractive index than that of each colored pixel. As an example of an imaging device having such a structure, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2012-227478, Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2014-179577, International Publication No. 2018/043654, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2018/0040656 can be cited. The device described in. The imaging device provided with the solid-state imaging element of the present invention can be used as a digital camera or an electronic device (mobile phone, etc.) with an imaging function, as well as a vehicle-mounted camera or a surveillance camera.

<圖像顯示裝置> 本發明的圖像顯示裝置具有上述之本發明的硬化膜。作為圖像顯示裝置,可舉出液晶顯示裝置或有機電致發光顯示裝置等。關於圖像顯示裝置的定義或各圖像顯示裝置之詳細內容,例如記載於“電子顯示器設備(佐佐木昭夫著,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1990年發行)”、“顯示器設備(伊吹順章著,Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1989年發行)”等。又,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如記載於“下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co.,Ltd.,1994年發行)”。對能夠適用本發明之液晶顯示裝置並沒有特別限制,例如能夠適用於上述的“下一代液晶顯示器技術”中所記載之各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 [實施例]<Image display device> The image display device of the present invention has the above-mentioned cured film of the present invention. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device, an organic electroluminescence display device, and the like. The definition of the image display device or the details of each image display device are described in, for example, "Electronic Display Equipment (by Akio Sasaki, Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., published in 1990)", "Display Equipment (Ibuki Jun Chapters, Sangyo Tosho Publishing Co., Ltd., issued in 1989)” etc. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described in, for example, "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Publishing Co., Ltd., 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention can be applied is not particularly limited. For example, it can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above-mentioned "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology". [Example]

以下,舉出實施例對本發明進行進一步具體的說明。以下實施例所示之材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等,只要不脫離本發明的趣旨,則能夠適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍並不限定於以下所示者之具體例。Hereinafter, the present invention will be explained in more detail with examples. The materials, usage amount, ratio, processing content, processing sequence, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not depart from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

<重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)之測量方法> 關於樹脂及巨單體的重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn),在下述測量條件下,藉由GPC(凝膠滲透層析法)測量來算出。 裝置:HLC-8220GPC(TOSOH CORPORATION製造) 檢測器:示差折射計(RI檢測器) 預柱 TSKGUARDCOLUMN MP(XL)6mm×40mm(TOSOH CORPORATION製造) 樣品側管柱:將以下4個直接連接〔均由TOSOH CORPORATION製造〕 TSK-GEL Multipore-HXL-M 7.8mm×300mm 參考側管柱:與樣品側管柱相同 恆溫槽溫度:40℃ 移動相:四氫呋喃 樣品側移動相流量:1.0mL/分 參考側移動相流量:0.3mL/分 試樣濃度:0.1質量% 試樣注入量:100μL 資料採集時間:試樣注入後16分鐘~46分鐘 採樣間隔:300ms(毫秒)<Measuring method of weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn)> The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin and the macromonomer are calculated by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) measurement under the following measurement conditions. Device: HLC-8220GPC (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) Detector: Differential refractometer (RI detector) Pre-column TSKGUARDCOLUMN MP (XL) 6mm×40mm (manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) Sample side column: Connect the following 4 directly (all manufactured by TOSOH CORPORATION) TSK-GEL Multipore-HXL-M 7.8mm×300mm Reference side column: the same as the sample side column Constant temperature bath temperature: 40℃ Mobile phase: Tetrahydrofuran Mobile phase flow rate on the sample side: 1.0mL/min Mobile phase flow rate at the reference side: 0.3mL/min Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass Sample injection volume: 100μL Data collection time: 16 minutes to 46 minutes after sample injection Sampling interval: 300ms (milliseconds)

<酸值之測量方法> 樹脂的酸值藉由使用了氫氧化鈉水溶液之中和滴定來求出。具體而言,對於將樹脂溶解於溶劑中而得之溶液,利用電位差測量法使用氫氧化鈉水溶液進行滴定,並計算樹脂的固體成分1g中所含之酸的毫莫耳數,接著,將該值乘以氫氧化鉀(KOH)的分子量56.1,藉此求出。<Method of measuring acid value> The acid value of the resin was obtained by neutralization titration using an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. Specifically, a solution obtained by dissolving a resin in a solvent is titrated with an aqueous sodium hydroxide solution by a potential difference measurement method, and the number of millimoles of acid contained in 1 g of the solid content of the resin is calculated, and then the The value is calculated by multiplying the molecular weight of potassium hydroxide (KOH) by 56.1.

<C=C值(乙烯性不飽和基團值)之測量方法> 藉由下述方法,測量了樹脂的C=C值。 藉由鹼處理從樹脂中提取乙烯性不飽和基團部位的低分子成分(a),藉由高效液相色譜法(HPLC)測量其含量,並依據其測量值由下述式計算出C=C值。 具體而言,將樹脂0.1g溶解於四氫呋喃/甲醇混合液(50mL/15mL)中,加入4mol/L氫氧化鈉水溶液10mL,並在40℃條件下反應了2小時。用4mol/L甲磺酸水溶液10.2mL中和反應液,然後,將加入了離子交換水5mL和甲醇2mL之混合液轉移至100mL容量瓶中,並利用甲醇定容,藉此製備HPLC測量樣品,在以下條件下進行測量。另外,低分子成分(a)的含量依據另外製作之低分子成分(a)的校準曲線來計算,C=C值由下述式算出。<C=C value (ethylenically unsaturated group value) measuring method> The C=C value of the resin was measured by the following method. The low-molecular component (a) of the ethylenically unsaturated group site is extracted from the resin by alkali treatment, and its content is measured by high-performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), and based on the measured value, the following formula is used to calculate C= C value. Specifically, 0.1 g of the resin was dissolved in a tetrahydrofuran/methanol mixed solution (50 mL/15 mL), 10 mL of a 4 mol/L sodium hydroxide aqueous solution was added, and the reaction was carried out at 40° C. for 2 hours. The reaction solution was neutralized with 10.2 mL of 4 mol/L methanesulfonic acid aqueous solution, and then the mixture containing 5 mL of ion-exchange water and 2 mL of methanol was transferred to a 100 mL volumetric flask, and the volume was made constant with methanol to prepare HPLC measurement samples. The measurement is performed under the following conditions. In addition, the content of the low-molecular component (a) is calculated based on the calibration curve of the low-molecular component (a) separately prepared, and the C=C value is calculated by the following formula.

樹脂的C=C值[mmol/g]=(低分子成分(a)的含量[ppm]/低分子成分(a)的分子量[g/mol])/(樹脂的秤量值[g]×(樹脂液的固體成分濃度[質量%]/100)×10)C=C value of resin [mmol/g]=(content of low molecular component (a) [ppm]/molecular weight of low molecular component (a) [g/mol])/(weight value of resin [g]×( Solid content concentration of resin liquid [mass%]/100)×10)

-HPLC測量條件- 測量設備:Agilent-1200(Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd製造) 管柱:Phenomenex公司製造,Synergi 4u Polar-RP 80A,250mm×4.60mm(內徑)+保護管柱 管柱溫度:40℃ 分析時間:15分鐘 流速:1.0mL/min(最大送液壓力:182bar(18.2MPa)) 注入量:5μl 檢測波長:210nm 溶離液:四氫呋喃(用於不含穩定劑之HPLC)/緩衝溶液(含有磷酸0.2體積%及三乙胺0.2體積%之離子交換水溶液)=55/45(體積%) 另外,在本說明書中,體積%為25℃條件下的值。-HPLC measurement conditions- Measuring equipment: Agilent-1200 (manufactured by Agilent Technologies Japan, Ltd) Column: manufactured by Phenomenex, Synergi 4u Polar-RP 80A, 250mm×4.60mm (inner diameter) + protection column Column temperature: 40℃ Analysis time: 15 minutes Flow rate: 1.0mL/min (Maximum delivery pressure: 182bar (18.2MPa)) Injection volume: 5μl Detection wavelength: 210nm Eluent: Tetrahydrofuran (for HPLC without stabilizers)/buffer solution (aqueous ion exchange solution containing 0.2% by volume of phosphoric acid and 0.2% by volume of triethylamine) = 55/45 (% by volume) In addition, in this specification, volume% is a value under 25 degreeC conditions.

<胺值之測量方法> 精密地稱量約0.5g的樹脂,加入乙酸(100質量%)50mL並進行溶解,利用電滴定法(電位差滴定)電位差自動滴定裝置(AT-710M;KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.製造)使用0.1mol/L過氯酸進行了滴定。又,藉由相同的方法進行空白試驗而進行了校正。 胺值=a×5.611/c a:0.1mol/L 過氯酸的消耗量(mL) c:樹脂的量(g)<Measuring method of amine value> Accurately weigh about 0.5 g of resin, add 50 mL of acetic acid (100% by mass) and dissolve it, and use it with an electric titration (potentiometric titration) potentiometric automatic titration device (AT-710M; manufactured by KYOTO ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING CO., LTD.) 0.1mol/L perchloric acid was titrated. In addition, calibration was performed by performing a blank test in the same way. Amine value=a×5.611/c a: 0.1mol/L perchloric acid consumption (mL) c: the amount of resin (g)

<顏料分散液RD1~RD7、CRD1~CRD4、YD1~YD4之製備> 混合下述表中所記載之原料而獲得了混合液。使用KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO.,LTD.製造的Ultra Apex Mill(商品名稱)來作為循環型分散裝置(珠磨),對所獲得之混合液進行分散處理,而製備了各顏料分散液。下述表中所記載之成分中的分散劑1及分散劑2的質量份一欄中所記載之數值為固體成分的值。 [表1] 顏料 顏料衍生物 分散劑1 分散劑2 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 顏料分散液RD1 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD2 R2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD3 R3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD4 R4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD5 R5 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD6 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D3 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液RD7 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D4 2.50 S1 80.00 [表2] 顏料 顏料衍生物 分散劑1 分散劑2 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 顏料分散液CRD1 CR1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液CRD2 CR2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液CRD3 CR3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液CRD4 CR4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 [表3] 顏料 顏料衍生物 分散劑1 分散劑2 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 顏料分散液YD1 Y1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液YD2 Y2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液YD3 Y3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 顏料分散液YD4 Y4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 <Preparation of pigment dispersion liquids RD1 to RD7, CRD1 to CRD4, and YD1 to YD4> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to obtain a mixed liquid. Using Ultra Apex Mill (trade name) manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO., LTD. as a circulation type dispersion device (bead mill), the obtained mixed liquid was subjected to dispersion treatment to prepare each pigment dispersion liquid. The numerical values described in the column of parts by mass of dispersant 1 and dispersant 2 in the components described in the following table are values of solid content. [Table 1] pigment Pigment derivatives Dispersant 1 Dispersant 2 Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Pigment dispersion RD1 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD2 R2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD3 R3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD4 R4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD5 R5 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD6 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D3 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion RD7 R1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D4 2.50 S1 80.00 [Table 2] pigment Pigment derivatives Dispersant 1 Dispersant 2 Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Pigment dispersion CRD1 CR1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion CRD2 CR2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion CRD3 CR3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion CRD4 CR4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 [table 3] pigment Pigment derivatives Dispersant 1 Dispersant 2 Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Pigment dispersion YD1 Y1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion YD2 Y2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion YD3 Y3 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00 Pigment dispersion YD4 Y4 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 2.50 D2 2.50 S1 80.00

<洋紅色著色劑溶液MD1~MD33之製備> 混合下述表中所記載之原料而獲得了洋紅色著色劑溶液MD1~MD33。 [表4] 洋紅色染料 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD1 M1 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD2 M2 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD3 M3 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD4 M4 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD5 M5 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD6 M6 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD7 M7 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD8 M8 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD9 M9 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD10 M10 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD11 M11 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD12 M12 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD13 M13 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD14 M14 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD15 M15 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD16 M16 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD17 M17 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD18 M18 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD19 M19 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD20 M20 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD21 M21 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD22 M22 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD23 M23 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD24 M24 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD25 M25 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD26 M26 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD27 M27 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD28 M28 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD29 M29 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD30 M30 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD31 M31 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD32 M32 10.00 S1 90.00 洋紅色著色劑溶液MD33 M33 10.00 S1 90.00 <Preparation of magenta colorant solutions MD1 to MD33> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to obtain magenta colorant solutions MD1 to MD33. [Table 4] Magenta dye Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts Magenta colorant solution MD1 M1 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD2 M2 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD3 M3 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD4 M4 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD5 M5 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD6 M6 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD7 M7 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD8 M8 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD9 M9 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD10 M10 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD11 M11 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD12 M12 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD13 M13 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD14 M14 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD15 M15 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD16 M16 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD17 M17 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD18 M18 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD19 M19 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD20 M20 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD21 M21 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD22 M22 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD23 M23 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD24 M24 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD25 M25 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD26 M26 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD27 M27 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD28 M28 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD29 M29 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD30 M30 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD31 M31 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD32 M32 10.00 S1 90.00 Magenta colorant solution MD33 M33 10.00 S1 90.00

<洋紅色著色劑溶液CMD1~CMD2之製備> 混合下述表中所記載之原料而獲得了混合液。使用KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO.,LTD.製造的Ultra Apex Mill(商品名稱)來作為循環型分散裝置(珠磨),對所獲得之混合液進行分散處理,製備了洋紅色著色劑溶液CMD1~CMD2。下述表中所記載之成分中的分散劑的質量份一欄中所記載之數值為固體成分的值。 [表5] 洋紅色顏料 顏料衍生物 分散劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 洋紅色著色劑液CMD1 CM1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 5.00 S1 80.00 洋紅色著色劑液CMD2 CM2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 5.00 S1 80.00 <Preparation of magenta colorant solutions CMD1 to CMD2> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to obtain a mixed solution. Using Ultra Apex Mill (trade name) manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO., LTD. as a circulation type dispersion device (bead mill), the obtained mixed solution was subjected to dispersion treatment to prepare magenta colorant solutions CMD1 to CMD2. The numerical value described in the column of the mass parts of the dispersant in the components described in the following table is the value of the solid content. [table 5] Magenta pigment Pigment derivatives Dispersant Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Magenta colorant liquid CMD1 CM1 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 5.00 S1 80.00 Magenta colorant liquid CMD2 CM2 13.33 Sy1 1.67 D1 5.00 S1 80.00

上述表中所記載之原材料如下述。 (顏料) 顏料R1~R5:下述結構的化合物。顏料R1為C.I.顏料紅272。 [化學式36]

Figure 02_image071
顏料CR1~CR4:下述結構的化合物。 [化學式37]
Figure 02_image073
顏料Y1:C.I.顏料黃138 顏料Y2:C.I.顏料黃139 顏料Y3:C.I.顏料黃150 顏料Y4:C.I.顏料黃185The raw materials listed in the above table are as follows. (Pigment) Pigment R1 to R5: Compounds of the following structure. Pigment R1 is CI Pigment Red 272. [Chemical formula 36]
Figure 02_image071
Pigments CR1 to CR4: Compounds with the following structures. [Chemical formula 37]
Figure 02_image073
Pigment Y1: CI Pigment Yellow 138 Pigment Y2: CI Pigment Yellow 139 Pigment Y3: CI Pigment Yellow 150 Pigment Y4: CI Pigment Yellow 185

(洋紅色染料) 洋紅色染料M1~M32:下述表中所記載之陽離子性花青發色團和陰離子的鹽。洋紅色染料M1~M32均相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度或相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度為1g以上。 [表6] 陽離子性花青發色團的結構 相對陰離子的結構 洋紅色染料M1 cat-1 ani-1 洋紅色染料M2 cat-1 ani-2 洋紅色染料M3 cat-1 ani-3 洋紅色染料M4 cat-1 ani-4 洋紅色染料M5 cat-1 ani-5 洋紅色染料M6 cat-1 ani-6 洋紅色染料M7 cat-2 ani-1 洋紅色染料M8 cat-3 ani-1 洋紅色染料M9 cat-4 ani-1 洋紅色染料M10 cat-5 ani-1 洋紅色染料M11 cat-6 ani-1 洋紅色染料M12 cat-7 ani-1 洋紅色染料M13 cat-2 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M14 cat-4 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M15 cat-8 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M16 cat-9 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M17 cat-10 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M18 cat-11 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M19 cat-7 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M20 cat-12 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M21 cat-13 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M22 cat-14 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M23 cat-15 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M24 cat-16 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M25 cat-6 AJ-1 洋紅色染料M26 cat-6 AJ-2 洋紅色染料M27 cat-6 AJ-3 洋紅色染料M28 cat-6 AJ-4 洋紅色染料M29 cat-6 ani-7 洋紅色染料M30 cat-6 ani-8 洋紅色染料M31 cat-6 ani-9 洋紅色染料M32 cat-6 ani-10 (Magenta dyes) Magenta dyes M1 to M32: salts of cationic cyanine chromophores and anions described in the following table. The solubility of the magenta dyes M1 to M32 with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. or the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. is 1 g or more. [Table 6] The structure of cationic cyanine chromophore Relative anion structure Magenta dye M1 cat-1 ani-1 Magenta dye M2 cat-1 ani-2 Magenta dye M3 cat-1 ani-3 Magenta dye M4 cat-1 ani-4 Magenta dye M5 cat-1 ani-5 Magenta dye M6 cat-1 ani-6 Magenta dye M7 cat-2 ani-1 Magenta dye M8 cat-3 ani-1 Magenta dye M9 cat-4 ani-1 Magenta dye M10 cat-5 ani-1 Magenta dye M11 cat-6 ani-1 Magenta dye M12 cat-7 ani-1 Magenta dye M13 cat-2 AJ-1 Magenta dye M14 cat-4 AJ-1 Magenta dye M15 cat-8 AJ-1 Magenta dye M16 cat-9 AJ-1 Magenta dye M17 cat-10 AJ-1 Magenta dye M18 cat-11 AJ-1 Magenta dye M19 cat-7 AJ-1 Magenta dye M20 cat-12 AJ-1 Magenta dye M21 cat-13 AJ-1 Magenta dye M22 cat-14 AJ-1 Magenta dye M23 cat-15 AJ-1 Magenta dye M24 cat-16 AJ-1 Magenta dye M25 cat-6 AJ-1 Magenta dye M26 cat-6 AJ-2 Magenta dye M27 cat-6 AJ-3 Magenta dye M28 cat-6 AJ-4 Magenta dye M29 cat-6 ani-7 Magenta dye M30 cat-6 ani-8 Magenta dye M31 cat-6 ani-9 Magenta dye M32 cat-6 ani-10

[陽離子性花青發色團] 以下結構式中,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Hex表示己基。 [化學式38]

Figure 02_image075
[化學式39]
Figure 02_image077
[Cationic Cyanine Chromophore] In the following structural formula, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Hex represents a hexyl group. [Chemical formula 38]
Figure 02_image075
[Chemical formula 39]
Figure 02_image077

[相對陰離子] [化學式40]

Figure 02_image079
[Relative anion] [Chemical formula 40]
Figure 02_image079

相對陰離子AJ-1~AJ-4:藉由以下方法製造之具有陰離子性基團之樹脂(AJ-1)~(AJ-4)Relative anions AJ-1~AJ-4: Resins with anionic groups (AJ-1)~(AJ-4) produced by the following methods

AJ-1:向具備溫度計、攪拌機、蒸留管、冷卻器之四口可拆式燒瓶中裝入甲基乙基酮67.3質量份並在氮氣流下升溫至75℃。另外,使2-丙烯醯胺-2-甲基丙烷磺酸20.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸甲酯12.5質量份、甲基丙烯酸正丁酯20.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯20.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸3.0質量份、甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯16.5質量份、2,2’-偶氮雙(2,4-二甲基戊腈)6.5質量份及甲基乙基酮25.1質量份均勻之後,裝入滴液漏斗中,安裝於四口可拆式燒瓶,並經2小時進行了滴加。滴加結束過2小時之後,由固體成分確認聚合產率為98%以上且重量平均分子量(Mw)為3390,並冷卻至50℃。向其中追加氯化甲基3.2質量份、乙醇22.0質量份,在50℃條件下反應2小時之後,經1小時加熱至80℃,進一步反應了2小時。如此護得了具有樹脂成分為47質量%的陰離子性基團之樹脂(AJ-1)。AJ-1: A four-neck separable flask equipped with a thermometer, a stirrer, a distillation tube, and a cooler was charged with 67.3 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone, and the temperature was raised to 75°C under a nitrogen stream. In addition, 20.0 parts by mass of 2-propenamide-2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, 12.5 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate, 20.0 parts by mass of n-butyl methacrylate, and 20.0 parts by mass of 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate were used. Parts, 3.0 parts by mass of methacrylic acid, 16.5 parts by mass of 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, 6.5 parts by mass of 2,2'-azobis(2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), and 25.1 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone After the mass parts were uniform, they were put into a dropping funnel, installed in a four-neck detachable flask, and dropped over 2 hours. Two hours after the completion of the dropping, it was confirmed from the solid content that the polymerization yield was 98% or more and the weight average molecular weight (Mw) was 3390, and it was cooled to 50°C. To this was added 3.2 parts by mass of methyl chloride and 22.0 parts by mass of ethanol, and after reacting at 50°C for 2 hours, it was heated to 80°C over 1 hour, and the reaction was further carried out for 2 hours. In this way, a resin (AJ-1) having an anionic group with a resin content of 47% by mass was obtained.

AJ-2~AJ-4:除了變更為下述表中所示之材料組成以外,以與樹脂(AJ-1)相同的方式獲得了樹脂(AJ-2)~(AJ-4)。 [表7] AJ-1 AJ-2 AJ-3 AJ-4 原料 2-丙烯醯胺-甲基丙烷磺酸 20.0 20.0 乙烯基磺酸 20.0 甲基丙烯酸2-磺酸乙酯鈉 20.0 甲基丙烯酸甲酯 12.5 12.5 12.5 10.0 甲基丙烯酸正丁酯 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.0 甲基丙烯酸2-乙基己酯 28.0 28.0 28.0 10.5 甲基丙烯酸二甲胺基乙酯 5.0 甲基丙烯酸 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 甲基丙烯酸環己酯 5.0 苯乙烯 5.0 甲基丙烯酸苄酯 5.0 甲基丙烯酸異丁酯 5.0 甲基丙烯酸第三丁酯 5.0 甲基丙烯酸2-羥乙酯 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 重量平均分子量(Mw) 3390 3350 3420 3450 Mw/Mn 2.0 2.1 1.9 1.9 AJ-2 to AJ-4: Resin (AJ-2) to (AJ-4) were obtained in the same manner as resin (AJ-1) except for changing the material composition shown in the following table. [Table 7] AJ-1 AJ-2 AJ-3 AJ-4 raw material 2-acrylamide-methyl propane sulfonic acid 20.0 20.0 Vinyl sulfonic acid 20.0 Sodium 2-Ethyl Methacrylate Sulfonate 20.0 Methyl methacrylate 12.5 12.5 12.5 10.0 N-Butyl methacrylate 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.0 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate 28.0 28.0 28.0 10.5 Dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate 5.0 Methacrylate 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 Cyclohexyl methacrylate 5.0 Styrene 5.0 Benzyl methacrylate 5.0 Isobutyl methacrylate 5.0 Tert-butyl methacrylate 5.0 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate 16.5 16.5 16.5 16.5 Weight average molecular weight (Mw) 3390 3350 3420 3450 Mw/Mn 2.0 2.1 1.9 1.9

洋紅色染料M33:下述結構的化合物(口山口星化合物)。洋紅色染料M33相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度或相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度均為1g以上。 [化學式41]

Figure 02_image081
Magenta dye M33: A compound with the following structure (Kou Yamaguchi Star Compound). The solubility of the magenta dye M33 with respect to 100 g of water at 23°C or the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23°C is 1 g or more. [Chemical formula 41]
Figure 02_image081

(洋紅色顏料) 洋紅色顏料CM1:C.I.顏料紅122 洋紅色顏料CM2:C.I.顏料紅177 洋紅色顏料CM1及洋紅色顏料CM2均相對於23℃的水100g之溶解度及相對於23℃的丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯100g之溶解度均小於0.1g。(Magenta Pigment) Magenta pigment CM1: C.I. Pigment Red 122 Magenta Pigment CM2: C.I. Pigment Red 177 The solubility of the magenta pigment CM1 and the magenta pigment CM2 with respect to 100 g of water at 23° C. and the solubility with respect to 100 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 23° C. are both less than 0.1 g.

(顏料衍生物) 顏料衍生物Sy1:下述結構的化合物 [化學式42]

Figure 02_image083
(Pigment Derivative) Pigment Derivative Sy1: A compound having the following structure [Chemical Formula 42]
Figure 02_image083

(分散劑) 分散劑D1:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比,在側鏈上標記之數值為重複單元的數量。Mw:20000,C=C值:0.0mmol/g,酸值:75mgKOH/g,胺值:0.0mmol/g) [化學式43]

Figure 02_image085
(Dispersant) Dispersant D1: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 20000, C=C value: 0.0mmol /g, acid value: 75mgKOH/g, amine value: 0.0mmol/g) [Chemical formula 43]
Figure 02_image085

分散劑D2:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比,在側鏈上標記之數值為重複單元的數量。Mw:20000,C=C值:0.0mol/g,酸值:50mgKOH/g,胺值:0.0mmol/g) [化學式44]

Figure 02_image087
Dispersant D2: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is the molar ratio, and the value marked on the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 20000, C=C value: 0.0mol/g, acid Value: 50mgKOH/g, Amine value: 0.0mmol/g) [Chemical formula 44]
Figure 02_image087

分散劑D3:藉由以下方法製造之樹脂PA-1 向三口燒瓶中導入濃度(固體成分含量)為50質量%的巨單體B-1溶液60.78g(PGMEA:30.39g,巨單體B-1(30.39g))、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M-5300,TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)50.99g、PGMEA(丙二醇1-單甲醚2-乙酸酯159.5g,獲得了混合物。 一邊吹入氮氣,一邊攪拌了上述混合物。接著,一邊使氮氣在燒瓶內流動,一邊將混合物升溫至75℃。接著,向混合物中添加十二基硫醇0.82g,接著,添加2,2’-偶氮雙(2-甲基丙酸甲酯)(以下,還稱為“V-601”。)0.43g,開始了聚合反應。 將混合物在75℃條件下加熱2小時之後,進一步向混合物中追加了0.43g的V-601。2小時之後,進一步向混合物中追加了0.43g的V-601。 進而,反應2小時之後,將混合物升溫至90℃,攪拌了3小時。藉由上述操作,結束了聚合反應。 反應結束之後,在空氣下加入作為胺化合物的二甲基十二胺9.6g和作為聚合抑制劑的2,2,6,6,-四甲基哌啶1-氧基0.3g,然後滴加了作為反應性化合物的丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯縮水甘油醚9.01g。 滴加結束之後,在空氣下,以90℃持續反應24小時之後,藉由酸值測量確認了反應結束。向所獲得之混合物中追加PGMEA以成為30質量%溶液,藉此獲得了樹脂PA-1。 所獲得之樹脂PA-1的重量平均分子量(Mw)為17200,酸值為70mgKOH/mg,C=C值為0.45mmol/g,胺值為0.45mmol/g。 巨單體B-1:下述結構的化合物(Mw:3000) [化學式45]

Figure 02_image089
Dispersant D3: Resin PA-1 manufactured by the following method was introduced into a three-necked flask with a concentration (solid content) of 50% by mass of a macromonomer B-1 solution 60.78g (PGMEA: 30.39g, macromonomer B- 1 (30.39g)), ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone monoacrylate (ARONIX M-5300, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 50.99g, PGMEA (propylene glycol 1-monomethyl ether 2-acetate 159.5g , A mixture was obtained. While blowing in nitrogen, the above mixture was stirred. Next, while flowing nitrogen in the flask, the temperature of the mixture was raised to 75°C. Next, 0.82 g of dodecyl mercaptan was added to the mixture, and then, 0.43 g of 2,2'-azobis(2-methylpropionic acid methyl ester) (hereinafter, also referred to as "V-601") was added to start the polymerization reaction. The mixture was heated at 75°C for 2 hours After that, 0.43 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, 0.43 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. Furthermore, after reacting for 2 hours, the mixture was heated to 90°C and stirred for 3 hours The polymerization reaction was completed by the above operation. After the reaction was completed, 9.6 g of dimethyl dodecylamine as an amine compound and 2,2,6,6,-tetramethylpiperidine as a polymerization inhibitor were added under air. 0.3 g of pyridine 1-oxy group, and 9.01 g of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether as a reactive compound was added dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction was continued for 24 hours at 90°C in the air, and then acid Value measurement confirmed the completion of the reaction. PGMEA was added to the obtained mixture to make a 30% by mass solution, thereby obtaining resin PA-1. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained resin PA-1 was 17,200, and the acid value It is 70mgKOH/mg, C=C value is 0.45mmol/g, amine value is 0.45mmol/g. Macromonomer B-1: The compound of the following structure (Mw: 3000) [Chemical formula 45]
Figure 02_image089

分散劑D4:藉由以下方法製造之樹脂PA-2 向三口燒瓶中導入濃度(固體成分含量)為50質量%的巨單體B-1溶液82.76g(PGMEA:41.38g,巨單體B-1(41.38g))、ω-羧基-聚己內酯單丙烯酸酯(ARONIX M-5300,TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.製造)44.14g、159.5g的PGMEA,獲得了混合物。 一邊吹入氮氣,一邊攪拌了上述混合物。接著,一邊使氮氣在燒瓶內流動,一邊將混合物升溫至75℃。接著,向混合物中添加十二基硫醇0.82g,接著添加0.43g的V-601,開始了聚合反應。 將混合物在75℃條件下加熱2小時之後,進一步向混合物中追加了0.43g的V-601。2小時之後,進一步向混合物中追加了0.43g的V-601。 進而,反應2小時之後,將混合物升溫至90℃,攪拌了3小時。藉由上述操作,結束了聚合反應。 反應結束之後,在空氣下加入作為胺化合物的二甲基十二胺6.43g和作為聚合抑制劑的4-羥基-2,2,6,6,-四甲基哌啶2-氧基0.3g,然後滴加了作為反應性化合物的丙烯酸4-羥基丁酯縮水甘油醚8.05g。 滴加結束之後,在空氣下,以90℃持續反應24小時之後,藉由酸值測量確認了反應結束。向所獲得之混合物中追加PGMEA以成為30質量%溶液,藉此獲得了樹脂PA-2。 所獲得之樹脂PA-2的重量平均分子量(Mw)為23300,酸值為60mgKOH/mg,C=C值為0.4mmol/g,胺值為0.3mmol/g。Dispersant D4: Resin PA-2 manufactured by the following method Into a three-necked flask was introduced 82.76 g of the macromonomer B-1 solution (PGMEA: 41.38 g, macromonomer B-1 (41.38 g)) with a concentration (solid content) of 50% by mass, and ω-carboxy-polycaprolone Ester monoacrylate (ARONIX M-5300, manufactured by TOAGOSEI CO., LTD.) 44.14 g, 159.5 g of PGMEA, and obtained a mixture. While blowing in nitrogen gas, the above mixture was stirred. Next, while flowing nitrogen gas in the flask, the mixture was heated to 75°C. Next, 0.82 g of dodecyl mercaptan was added to the mixture, and then 0.43 g of V-601 was added to start the polymerization reaction. After the mixture was heated at 75°C for 2 hours, 0.43 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. After 2 hours, 0.43 g of V-601 was further added to the mixture. Furthermore, after reacting for 2 hours, the mixture was heated to 90°C and stirred for 3 hours. Through the above operation, the polymerization reaction is ended. After the reaction was completed, 6.43 g of dimethyl dodecylamine as an amine compound and 0.3 g of 4-hydroxy-2,2,6,6,-tetramethylpiperidine 2-oxy group as a polymerization inhibitor were added under the air Then, 8.05 g of 4-hydroxybutyl acrylate glycidyl ether as a reactive compound was added dropwise. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction was continued at 90°C for 24 hours under air, and the completion of the reaction was confirmed by acid value measurement. PGMEA was added to the obtained mixture to become a 30% by mass solution, thereby obtaining resin PA-2. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the obtained resin PA-2 was 23,300, the acid value was 60 mgKOH/mg, the C=C value was 0.4 mmol/g, and the amine value was 0.3 mmol/g.

(溶劑) 溶劑S1:丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)(Solvent) Solvent S1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)

<著色組成物之製備> 混合下述表中所記載之原料而製備了實施例及比較例的著色組成物。 [表8] 顏料分散液1 顏料分散液2 洋紅色著色劑液 樹脂 聚合性單體 光聚合起始劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例1 RD1 48.60 YD1 4.86 MD1 12.31 B1 3.83 E1 1.44 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 28.15 實施例2 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例3 RD1 64.80 YD1 6.48 MD1 16.42 B1 0.21 E1 1.08 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 10.20 實施例4 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例5 RD1 56.70 YD3 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例6 RD1 56.70 YD4 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例7 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD2 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例8 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD3 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例9 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD4 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例10 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD5 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例11 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD6 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例12 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD7 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例13 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD8 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例14 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD9 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例15 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD10 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例16 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD11 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例17 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD12 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例18 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD13 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例19 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD14 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例20 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD15 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例21 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD16 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例22 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD17 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例23 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD18 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例24 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD19 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例25 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD20 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例26 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD21 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 [表9] 顏料分散液1 顏料分散液2 洋紅色著色劑液 樹脂 聚合性單體 光聚合起始劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例27 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD22 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例28 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD23 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例29 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD24 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例30 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD25 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例31 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD26 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例32 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD27 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例33 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD28 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例34 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD29 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例35 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD30 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例36 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD31 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例37 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD32 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例38 RD2 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例39 RD3 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例40 RD4 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例41 RD5 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例42 RD6 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例43 RD7 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例44 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例45 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E3 1.26 I5 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例46 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E4 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例47 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E5 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例48 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E6 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例49 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 3.78 B2 3.08 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 28.70 實施例50 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 7.56 B2 2.70 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 25.30 實施例51 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 22.68 B2 1.19 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 11.69 實施例52 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 30.24 B2 0.43 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 4.89 [表10] 顏料分散液1 顏料分散液2 洋紅色著色劑液 樹脂 聚合性單體 光聚合起始劑 界面活性劑 聚合抑制劑 溶劑 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 種類 質量份 實施例53 RD1 CRD2 53.87 2.83 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例54 RD1 CRD2 45.36 11.34 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例55 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 MD5 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例56 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 MD13 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例57 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 CMD1 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例58 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I1 I4 0.36 0.36 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例59 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 S2 9.59 9.59 實施例60 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 B3 1.01 1.01 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例61 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E1 E3 0.63 0.63 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 實施例62 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD33 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 比較例1 CRD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 比較例2 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 CMD1 10.77 B1 1.30 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 23.49 比較例3 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 CMD2 10.77 B1 1.30 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 23.49 比較例4 CRD2 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 比較例5 CRD3 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 比較例6 CRD4 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 <Preparation of coloring composition> The raw materials described in the following table were mixed to prepare the coloring composition of Examples and Comparative Examples. [Table 8] Pigment dispersion 1 Pigment dispersion 2 Magenta colorant liquid Resin Polymerizable monomer Photopolymerization initiator Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Example 1 RD1 48.60 YD1 4.86 MD1 12.31 B1 3.83 E1 1.44 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 28.15 Example 2 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 3 RD1 64.80 YD1 6.48 MD1 16.42 B1 0.21 E1 1.08 I1 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 10.20 Example 4 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 5 RD1 56.70 YD3 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 6 RD1 56.70 YD4 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 7 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD2 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 8 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD3 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 9 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD4 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 10 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD5 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 11 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD6 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 12 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD7 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 13 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD8 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 14 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD9 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 15 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD10 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 16 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD11 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 17 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD12 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 18 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD13 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 19 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD14 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 20 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD15 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 21 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD16 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 22 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD17 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 23 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD18 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 24 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD19 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 25 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD20 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 26 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD21 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 [Table 9] Pigment dispersion 1 Pigment dispersion 2 Magenta colorant liquid Resin Polymerizable monomer Photopolymerization initiator Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Example 27 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD22 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 28 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD23 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 29 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD24 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 30 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD25 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 31 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD26 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 32 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD27 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 33 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD28 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 34 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD29 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 35 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD30 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 36 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD31 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 37 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD32 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 38 RD2 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 39 RD3 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 40 RD4 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 41 RD5 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 42 RD6 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 43 RD7 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 44 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 45 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E3 1.26 I5 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 46 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E4 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 47 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E5 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 48 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B3 2.02 E6 1.26 I3 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 49 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 3.78 B2 3.08 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 28.70 Example 50 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 7.56 B2 2.70 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 25.30 Example 51 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 22.68 B2 1.19 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 11.69 Example 52 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 30.24 B2 0.43 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 4.89 [Table 10] Pigment dispersion 1 Pigment dispersion 2 Magenta colorant liquid Resin Polymerizable monomer Photopolymerization initiator Surfactant Polymerization inhibitor Solvent species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts species Mass parts Example 53 RD1 CRD2 53.87 2.83 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 54 RD1 CRD2 45.36 11.34 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 55 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 MD5 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 56 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 MD13 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 57 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 CMD1 7.18 7.18 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 58 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I1 I4 0.36 0.36 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 59 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 S2 9.59 9.59 Example 60 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 B3 1.01 1.01 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 61 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD1 14.36 B2 2.02 E1 E3 0.63 0.63 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Example 62 RD1 56.70 YD2 5.67 MD33 14.36 B2 2.02 E2 1.26 I4 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Comparative example 1 CRD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Comparative example 2 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 CMD1 10.77 B1 1.30 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 23.49 Comparative example 3 RD1 56.70 YD1 5.67 CMD2 10.77 B1 1.30 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 23.49 Comparative example 4 CRD2 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Comparative example 5 CRD3 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18 Comparative example 6 CRD4 56.70 YD1 5.67 MD1 14.36 B1 2.02 E1 1.26 I2 0.72 F1 0.0900 H1 0.0018 S1 19.18

上述表中所記載之原料如下述。 (樹脂) 樹脂B1:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw:30000) [化學式46]

Figure 02_image091
樹脂B2:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw:11000) [化學式47]
Figure 02_image093
樹脂B3:下述結構的樹脂(在主鏈上標記之數值為莫耳比。Mw:10000) [化學式48]
Figure 02_image095
The raw materials listed in the above table are as follows. (Resin) Resin B1: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is molar ratio. Mw: 30000) [Chemical formula 46]
Figure 02_image091
Resin B2: Resin of the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is molar ratio. Mw: 11000) [Chemical formula 47]
Figure 02_image093
Resin B3: Resin with the following structure (the value marked on the main chain is molar ratio. Mw: 10000) [Chemical formula 48]
Figure 02_image095

(聚合性單體) 聚合性單體E1:KAYARAD DPHA(Nippon Kayaku Co.,Ltd.製造) 聚合性單體E2:NK ESTER A-DPH-12E(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) 聚合性單體E3:NK ESTER A-TMMT(Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co.,Ltd.製造) 聚合性單體E4:丁二酸改質二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯 聚合性單體E5:二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯 聚合性單體E6:二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯 (光聚合起始劑) 光聚合起始劑I1:IRGACURE 369(BASF公司製造) 光聚合起始劑I2:IRGACURE OXE01(BASF公司製造) 光聚合起始劑I3:IRGACURE OXE02(BASF公司製造) 光聚合起始劑I4:下述結構的化合物 [化學式49]

Figure 02_image097
光聚合起始劑I5:下述結構的化合物 [化學式50]
Figure 02_image099
(Polymerizable monomer) Polymerizable monomer E1: KAYARAD DPHA (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) Polymerizable monomer E2: NK ESTER A-DPH-12E (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Polymerization Monomer E3: NK ESTER A-TMMT (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.) Polymerizable monomer E4: Modification of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate by succinic acid Polymerizable monomer E5: Polymerization of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate Monomer E6: Dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (photopolymerization initiator) Photopolymerization initiator I1: IRGACURE 369 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) Photopolymerization initiator I2: IRGACURE OXE01 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) Photopolymerization initiator I3: IRGACURE OXE02 (manufactured by BASF Corporation) Photopolymerization initiator I4: Compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 49]
Figure 02_image097
Photopolymerization initiator I5: Compound of the following structure [Chemical formula 50]
Figure 02_image099

(界面活性劑) 界面活性劑F1:下述結構的化合物(下述式中,表示重複單元的比例之%為莫耳%。Mw:14000)。 [化學式51]

Figure 02_image101
(Surfactant) Surfactant F1: a compound of the following structure (in the following formula, the% representing the proportion of the repeating unit is mole %. Mw: 14000). [Chemical formula 51]
Figure 02_image101

(聚合抑制劑) 聚合抑制劑H1:對甲氧基苯酚(Polymerization inhibitor) Polymerization inhibitor H1: p-methoxyphenol

(溶劑) 溶劑S1:丙二醇單甲基醚乙酸酯(PGMEA)(Solvent) Solvent S1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)

<耐熱性評價> 藉由旋塗法將CT-4000(FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co.,Ltd.製造)塗佈於玻璃基板上,以使膜厚成為0.1μm,並使用加熱板在220℃的條件下加熱1小時而形成了基底層。藉由旋塗法將各著色組成物塗佈於附該基底層之玻璃基板上,然後,使用加熱板在100℃的條件下加熱2分鐘而獲得了塗佈膜。對於所獲得之塗佈膜,照射波長為365nm的光,並以500mJ/cm2 的曝光量進行了曝光。接著,使用加熱板在220℃的條件下加熱5分鐘,獲得了膜厚為0.5μm的硬化膜。對於所獲得之硬化膜,使用Otsuka Electronics Co.,Ltd.製造的MCPD-3000,測量了400~700nm的範圍內的透光率(透射率)。 接著,將在上述製作之硬化膜在265℃的條件下加熱了5分鐘。測量加熱後的硬化膜的透射率,求出透射率的變化量的最大值,並依據以下基準評價了耐熱性。 對各試樣進行5次透射率之測量,並採用了除去了最大值和最小值之3次結果的平均值。又,透射率的變化量的最大值係指加熱前後的硬化膜的、波長400~700nm的範圍內的透射率的變化量最大的波長下的變化量。 (評價標準) 5:透射率的變化量的最大值為1%以下。 4:透射率的變化量的最大值超過1%,且為1.5%以下。 3:透射率的變化量的最大值超過1.5%,且為2.0%以下。 2:透射率的變化量的最大值超過2.0%,且為2.5%以下。 1:透射率的變化量的最大值超過2.5%。<Evaluation of heat resistance> CT-4000 (manufactured by FUJIFILM Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.) was coated on a glass substrate by spin coating to make the film thickness 0.1μm, and a hot plate was used at 220°C The base layer was formed by heating for 1 hour. Each coloring composition was coated on the glass substrate with the base layer by a spin coating method, and then heated at 100° C. for 2 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a coating film. The coating film obtained was irradiated with light having a wavelength of 365 nm and exposed at an exposure amount of 500 mJ/cm 2. Next, heating was carried out at 220° C. for 5 minutes using a hot plate to obtain a cured film with a thickness of 0.5 μm. For the obtained cured film, MCPD-3000 manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd. was used, and the light transmittance (transmittance) in the range of 400 to 700 nm was measured. Next, the cured film produced above was heated at 265°C for 5 minutes. The transmittance of the cured film after heating was measured, the maximum value of the change in transmittance was determined, and the heat resistance was evaluated based on the following criteria. The transmittance was measured 5 times for each sample, and the average value of the 3 results after removing the maximum and minimum values was used. In addition, the maximum value of the change in transmittance refers to the change in the wavelength at which the change in transmittance in the wavelength range of 400 to 700 nm of the cured film before and after heating is the largest. (Evaluation Criteria) 5: The maximum value of the change in transmittance is 1% or less. 4: The maximum value of the change in transmittance exceeds 1% and is 1.5% or less. 3: The maximum value of the change in transmittance exceeds 1.5% and is 2.0% or less. 2: The maximum value of the change in transmittance exceeds 2.0% and is 2.5% or less. 1: The maximum value of the change in transmittance exceeds 2.5%.

[表11] 評價 評價 評價 耐熱性 耐熱性 耐熱性 實施例1 2 實施例31 3 實施例61 3 實施例2 3 實施例32 3 實施例62 3 實施例3 4 實施例33 3 比較例1 1 實施例4 3 實施例34 3 比較例2 1 實施例5 3 實施例35 3 比較例3 1 實施例6 3 實施例36 3 比較例4 1 實施例7 3 實施例37 3 比較例5 1 實施例8 3 實施例38 3 比較例6 1 實施例9 3 實施例39 3 實施例10 3 實施例40 3 實施例11 3 實施例41 3 實施例12 3 實施例42 4 實施例13 3 實施例43 4 實施例14 3 實施例44 3 實施例15 3 實施例45 3 實施例16 3 實施例46 3 實施例17 3 實施例47 3 實施例18 3 實施例48 3 實施例19 3 實施例49 2 實施例20 3 實施例50 2 實施例21 3 實施例51 4 實施例22 3 實施例52 5 實施例23 3 實施例53 3 實施例24 3 實施例54 2 實施例25 3 實施例55 3 實施例26 3 實施例56 3 實施例27 3 實施例57 2 實施例28 3 實施例58 3 實施例29 3 實施例59 3 實施例30 3 實施例60 3 [Table 11] Evaluation Evaluation Evaluation Heat resistance Heat resistance Heat resistance Example 1 2 Example 31 3 Example 61 3 Example 2 3 Example 32 3 Example 62 3 Example 3 4 Example 33 3 Comparative example 1 1 Example 4 3 Example 34 3 Comparative example 2 1 Example 5 3 Example 35 3 Comparative example 3 1 Example 6 3 Example 36 3 Comparative example 4 1 Example 7 3 Example 37 3 Comparative example 5 1 Example 8 3 Example 38 3 Comparative example 6 1 Example 9 3 Example 39 3 Example 10 3 Example 40 3 Example 11 3 Example 41 3 Example 12 3 Example 42 4 Example 13 3 Example 43 4 Example 14 3 Example 44 3 Example 15 3 Example 45 3 Example 16 3 Example 46 3 Example 17 3 Example 47 3 Example 18 3 Example 48 3 Example 19 3 Example 49 2 Example 20 3 Example 50 2 Example 21 3 Example 51 4 Example 22 3 Example 52 5 Example 23 3 Example 53 3 Example 24 3 Example 54 2 Example 25 3 Example 55 3 Example 26 3 Example 56 3 Example 27 3 Example 57 2 Example 28 3 Example 58 3 Example 29 3 Example 59 3 Example 30 3 Example 60 3

如上述表所示,藉由使用實施例的著色組成物,能夠製造耐熱性優異的硬化膜。又,由實施例的著色組成物獲得之硬化膜具有作為紅色著色層而較佳的光譜特性。As shown in the above table, by using the colored composition of the example, a cured film excellent in heat resistance can be produced. In addition, the cured film obtained from the colored composition of the example has spectral characteristics that are preferable as a red colored layer.

在各實施例中,即使同時使用2種在技術方案1中規定之顏料A,亦可獲得與各實施例相同的效果。In each embodiment, even if two kinds of pigments A specified in the technical solution 1 are used at the same time, the same effect as in each embodiment can be obtained.

(實施例63) 混合10.64質量份的顏料R1、1.33質量份的顏料衍生物Sy1、1.99質量份的分散劑D1、1.99質量份的分散劑D2、2.02質量份的洋紅色染料M1及82.03質量份的溶劑S1而獲得了混合液。使用KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO.,LTD.製造的Ultra Apex Mill(商品名稱)來作為循環型分散裝置(珠磨),對所獲得之混合液進行分散處理,製備了分散液MRD1。實施例1的著色組成物中,添加60.91質量份的分散液MRD1來代替顏料分散液1和洋紅色著色劑溶液,除此以外,以與實施例1的著色組成物相同的方式,製備了實施例63的著色組成物。使用該著色組成物,以與上述相同的方法評價耐熱性之結果,為評價“2”。(Example 63) Mixing 10.64 parts by mass of pigment R1, 1.33 parts by mass of pigment derivative Sy1, 1.99 parts by mass of dispersant D1, 1.99 parts by mass of dispersant D2, 2.02 parts by mass of magenta dye M1, and 82.03 parts by mass of solvent S1 to obtain了mixed liquid. The Ultra Apex Mill (trade name) manufactured by KOTOBUKI KOGYOU.CO., LTD. was used as a circulation type dispersion device (bead mill), and the obtained mixed liquid was subjected to dispersion treatment to prepare a dispersion liquid MRD1. In the coloring composition of Example 1, 60.91 parts by mass of the dispersion liquid MRD1 was added instead of the pigment dispersion 1 and the magenta colorant solution, except that the same method as the coloring composition of Example 1 was used to prepare an example 63's coloring composition. Using this coloring composition, the result of evaluating the heat resistance by the same method as described above was the evaluation "2".

(實施例1001) 藉由旋塗法將Green(綠色)組成物塗佈於矽晶圓上,以使後烘烤後的膜厚成為1.0μm。接著,使用加熱板,在100℃的條件下加熱了2分鐘。接著,使用i射線步進曝光裝置FPA-3000i5+(Canon Inc.製造),以1000mJ/cm2 的曝光量經由2μm見方的點圖案的遮罩照射(曝光)了波長為365nm之光。接著,使用氫氧化四甲基銨(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液,在23℃的條件下進行了60秒鐘的旋覆浸沒顯影。然後,藉由旋轉噴淋進行沖洗,進一步用純水進行了水洗。接著,使用加熱板,在200℃的條件下加熱(後烘烤)5分鐘,藉此將Green組成物進行了圖案化。同樣地,依次將Red(紅色)組成物、Blue(藍色)組成物進行圖案化,形成了綠色、紅色及藍色著色圖案(貝爾圖案)。 作為Red組成物,使用了實施例3的著色組成物。關於Green組成物及Blue組成物,將在後面進行敘述。另外,貝爾圖案係指如美國專利第3971065號說明書中所揭示之、重複具有一個紅色(Red)元件、二個綠色(Green)元件及一個藍色(Blue)元件之彩色濾光片元件的2×2陣列而得之圖案。藉由公知的方法,將所獲得之濾色器安裝於固體攝像元件。該固體攝像元件具有適合的圖像識別能力。(Example 1001) The Green composition was coated on a silicon wafer by a spin coating method so that the film thickness after post-baking became 1.0 μm. Next, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100°C for 2 minutes. Next, an i-ray stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5+ (manufactured by Canon Inc.) was used to irradiate (expose) light with a wavelength of 365 nm at an exposure amount of 1000 mJ/cm 2 through a mask of a 2 μm square dot pattern. Next, a 0.3% by mass aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) was used to perform spin immersion development at 23° C. for 60 seconds. Then, it was rinsed by a rotating spray, and further rinsed with pure water. Next, using a hot plate, heating (post-baking) at 200°C for 5 minutes, thereby patterning the Green composition. Similarly, the Red (red) composition and the Blue (blue) composition were patterned in sequence to form green, red, and blue colored patterns (Bayer patterns). As the Red composition, the colored composition of Example 3 was used. The Green composition and the Blue composition will be described later. In addition, the Bell pattern refers to the repeated color filter elements having one red element, two green elements, and one blue element as disclosed in the specification of US Patent No. 3,971,065. ×2 pattern derived from the array. The obtained color filter is mounted on the solid-state imaging device by a known method. This solid-state imaging element has suitable image recognition capabilities.

(Green組成物) [Green(綠色)顏料分散液之製備] 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含6.4質量份的C.I.顏料綠36、5.3質量份的C.I.顏料黃150、5.2質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYKChemie公司製造)、83.1質量份的PGMEA之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。然後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2,000kg/cm3 的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製備了Green顏料分散液。(Green composition) [Preparation of Green (green) pigment dispersion] A bead mill (the diameter of zirconia beads is 0.3mm) will contain 6.4 parts by mass of CI Pigment Green 36 and 5.3 parts by mass over 3 hours A mixture of CI Pigment Yellow 150, 5.2 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYK Chemie), and 83.1 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Then, using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reducing mechanism, the dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2,000 kg/cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to prepare a Green pigment dispersion.

[Green組成物之製備] 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了Green組成物。 Green顏料分散液:73.7質量份 樹脂B2的40質量%PGMEA溶液:0.3質量份 聚合性單體E1:1.2質量份 光聚合起始劑I2:0.6質量份 界面活性劑F1的1質量%PGMEA溶液:4.2質量份 紫外線吸收劑(UV-503,DAITO CHEMICAL CO.,LTD.製造):0.5質量份 PGMEA:19.5質量份[Preparation of Green composition] The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a Green composition. Green pigment dispersion: 73.7 parts by mass 40% by mass PGMEA solution of resin B2: 0.3 parts by mass Polymerizable monomer E1: 1.2 parts by mass Photopolymerization initiator I2: 0.6 parts by mass 1% by mass PGMEA solution of surfactant F1: 4.2 parts by mass Ultraviolet absorber (UV-503, manufactured by DAITO CHEMICAL CO., LTD.): 0.5 parts by mass PGMEA: 19.5 parts by mass

(Blue組成物) [Blue(藍色)顏料分散液之製備] 藉由珠磨機(二氧化鋯珠的直徑為0.3mm),經3小時將包含9.7質量份的C.I.顏料藍15:6、2.4質量份的C.I.顏料紫23、5.5質量份的分散劑(Disperbyk-161,BYKChemie公司製造)、82.4質量份的PGMEA之混合液進行混合及分散,製備了顏料分散液。然後,進而使用附減壓機構之高壓分散機NANO-3000-10(Nippon BEE Co.,Ltd.製造),在2,000kg/cm3 的壓力下以流量500g/min進行了分散處理。將該分散處理重複進行10次,製備了Blue顏料分散液。(Blue composition) [Preparation of Blue (blue) pigment dispersion] A bead mill (the diameter of the zirconia beads is 0.3mm) will contain 9.7 parts by mass of CI Pigment Blue 15:6 in 3 hours. A mixture of 2.4 parts by mass of CI Pigment Violet 23, 5.5 parts by mass of a dispersant (Disperbyk-161, manufactured by BYKChemie), and 82.4 parts by mass of PGMEA were mixed and dispersed to prepare a pigment dispersion. Then, using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 (manufactured by Nippon BEE Co., Ltd.) with a pressure reducing mechanism, the dispersion treatment was performed at a flow rate of 500 g/min under a pressure of 2,000 kg/cm 3. This dispersion treatment was repeated 10 times to prepare a Blue pigment dispersion.

[Blue組成物之製備] 混合下述成分,並進行攪拌之後,用孔徑為0.45μm的尼龍製過濾器(Nihon Pall Ltd.製造)進行過濾,製備了Blue組成物。 Blue顏料分散液:44.9質量份 樹脂B2的40質量%PGMEA溶液:2.1質量份 聚合性單體E1:1.5質量份 下述結構的聚合性單體:0.7質量份 [化學式52]

Figure 02_image103
光聚合起始劑I2:0.8質量份 界面活性劑F1的1質量%PGMEA溶液:4.2質量份 PGMEA:45.8質量份[Preparation of Blue composition] The following components were mixed and stirred, and then filtered with a nylon filter (manufactured by Nihon Pall Ltd.) with a pore diameter of 0.45 μm to prepare a Blue composition. Blue pigment dispersion: 44.9 parts by mass of 40% by mass PGMEA solution of resin B2: 2.1 parts by mass of polymerizable monomer E1: 1.5 parts by mass of polymerizable monomer with the following structure: 0.7 parts by mass [Chemical formula 52]
Figure 02_image103
Photopolymerization initiator I2: 0.8 parts by mass of 1 mass% PGMEA solution of surfactant F1: 4.2 parts by mass PGMEA: 45.8 parts by mass

no

no

無。no.

Claims (22)

一種著色組成物,係包含二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料、洋紅色染料及具有硬化性基團之化合物, 前述二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料包含具有在芳香族環中導入有給電子基團之芳香族環基鍵結於二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架上而成之結構之顏料A。A coloring composition containing diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments, magenta dyes and compounds with hardening groups, The aforementioned diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment includes pigment A having a structure in which an aromatic ring group having an electron-donating group introduced into an aromatic ring is bonded to a diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A所具有之前述給電子基團為選自羥基、烷基、烷氧基、烷硫基、芳氧基及胺基中之至少1種。The coloring composition as described in claim 1, wherein The electron-donating group possessed by the pigment A is at least one selected from the group consisting of a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an aryloxy group, and an amino group. 如請求項1所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A所具有之前述給電子基團為碳數1~3的烷基。The coloring composition as described in claim 1, wherein The electron-donating group possessed by the pigment A is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A所具有之前述芳香族環基為由下述式(AR-1)表示之基團,
Figure 03_image105
式中,R1 表示取代基,R2 表示給電子基團,n表示0~4的整數,波線表示與二酮吡咯并吡咯骨架的鍵結部位。
The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aromatic ring group of the pigment A is a group represented by the following formula (AR-1),
Figure 03_image105
In the formula, R 1 represents a substituent, R 2 represents an electron-donating group, n represents an integer from 0 to 4, and the wave line represents the bonding site to the diketopyrrolopyrrole skeleton.
如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A為由下述式(1)表示之化合物,
Figure 03_image107
式中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示取代基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示給電子基團,n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。
The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aforementioned pigment A is a compound represented by the following formula (1),
Figure 03_image107
In the formula, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a substituent, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an electron-donating group, and n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0-4.
如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A為由下述式(2)表示之化合物,
Figure 03_image109
式中,R11 及R12 分別獨立地表示取代基,R21 及R22 分別獨立地表示給電子基團,n11及n12分別獨立地表示0~4的整數。
The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the aforementioned pigment A is a compound represented by the following formula (2),
Figure 03_image109
In the formula, R 11 and R 12 each independently represent a substituent, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an electron-donating group, and n11 and n12 each independently represent an integer of 0-4.
如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述顏料A為紅色顏料。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned pigment A is a red pigment. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述洋紅色染料包含選自包括喹吖酮化合物、口山口星化合物、三芳基甲烷化合物、花青化合物、蒽醌化合物及亞甲基二吡咯化合物之群組中之至少1種。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned magenta dye includes at least one selected from the group consisting of quinacridone compounds, Kouyamakou star compounds, triarylmethane compounds, cyanine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and methylene dipyrrole compounds. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述洋紅色染料包含陽離子性花青發色團和醯亞胺陰離子的鹽。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned magenta dye contains a cationic cyanine chromophore and a salt of an iminium anion. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 相對於100質量份的前述顏料A,包含1質量份~50質量份的前述洋紅色染料。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The magenta dye is contained in an amount of 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment A. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,係還包含黃色著色劑。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3 further contains a yellow colorant. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述具有硬化性基團之化合物包含具有乙烯性不飽和基團之化合物,前述著色組成物還包含光聚合起始劑。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The compound having a curable group includes a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the coloring composition further includes a photopolymerization initiator. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述著色組成物的總固體成分中的前述顏料A的含量為40質量%以上。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The content of the pigment A in the total solid content of the coloring composition is 40% by mass or more. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料包含2種以上的前述顏料A。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The said diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment contains the said pigment A of 2 or more types. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,其中 前述二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料還包含除了前述顏料A以外的二酮吡咯并吡咯顏料。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein The aforementioned diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment also includes diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments other than the aforementioned pigment A. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,係用於固體攝像元件。The coloring composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3 is used for solid-state imaging devices. 如請求項1至請求項3中任一項所述之著色組成物,係用於濾色器。The coloring composition described in any one of claim 1 to claim 3 is used in a color filter. 一種硬化膜,係由如請求項1至請求項17中任一項所述之著色組成物獲得。A hardened film obtained from the colored composition described in any one of Claim 1 to Claim 17. 一種圖案形成方法,係具有:使用如請求項1至請求項17中任一項所述之著色組成物在支撐體上形成著色組成物層之製程;及藉由光微影法或乾式蝕刻法在著色組成物層上形成圖案之製程。A pattern forming method comprising: a process of forming a colored composition layer on a support using the colored composition as described in any one of Claims 1 to 17; and by a photolithography method or a dry etching method The process of forming patterns on the colored composition layer. 一種濾色器,係具有如請求項18所述之硬化膜。A color filter having the cured film as described in claim 18. 一種固體攝像元件,係具有如請求項18所述之硬化膜。A solid-state imaging element having the cured film described in claim 18. 一種圖像顯示裝置,係具有如請求項18所述之硬化膜。An image display device having the cured film described in claim 18.
TW109107337A 2019-03-11 2020-03-06 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus TW202104455A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019043812 2019-03-11
JP2019-043812 2019-03-11

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW202104455A true TW202104455A (en) 2021-02-01

Family

ID=72426017

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW109107337A TW202104455A (en) 2019-03-11 2020-03-06 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state image sensor, and image display apparatus

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7233518B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102659438B1 (en)
TW (1) TW202104455A (en)
WO (1) WO2020184244A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2019216061A1 (en) * 2018-05-11 2019-11-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Coating agent, anti-fog coating, method for producing anti-fog coating, and multilayer body
KR20230130697A (en) * 2021-03-19 2023-09-12 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 A coloring composition, a method for producing a film, a method for producing a color filter, a method for producing a solid-state imaging device, and a method for producing an image display device.

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5678411B2 (en) * 2009-04-07 2015-03-04 凸版印刷株式会社 Red coloring composition and color filter
JP5737078B2 (en) * 2011-02-28 2015-06-17 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
JP6129728B2 (en) * 2013-09-17 2017-05-17 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and triarylmethane compound
JP6379486B2 (en) * 2013-12-27 2018-08-29 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
WO2016031574A1 (en) * 2014-08-29 2016-03-03 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP6265093B2 (en) 2014-09-22 2018-01-24 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, display element and solid-state image sensor
TWI674477B (en) * 2014-12-25 2019-10-11 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Coloring curable composition, color filter, pattern forming method, method of manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2017066377A (en) 2015-09-29 2017-04-06 Jsr株式会社 Coloring composition, colored cured film, display element and solid state image sensor
TWI707922B (en) * 2015-11-16 2020-10-21 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Colored composition, color filter, pattern forming method, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and pigmented multi-weight body
JP6613843B2 (en) * 2015-11-25 2019-12-04 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
WO2018021313A1 (en) * 2016-07-29 2018-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, color filter, pattern formation method, solid-stage imaging element, and image display device
JP6889739B2 (en) * 2017-02-13 2021-06-18 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, structure, color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
JP6972580B2 (en) * 2017-02-28 2021-11-24 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring compositions and color filters for color filters
JP2018163288A (en) * 2017-03-27 2018-10-18 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Color filter coloring composition and color filter
JP7137295B2 (en) * 2017-03-30 2022-09-14 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Infrared light transmissive composition
WO2019059075A1 (en) * 2017-09-20 2019-03-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2019058859A1 (en) * 2017-09-20 2019-03-28 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored composition, cured film, pattern formation method, color filter, solid imaging element, and image display device
CN112566985A (en) * 2018-08-22 2021-03-26 富士胶片株式会社 Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR102659438B1 (en) 2024-04-23
JP7233518B2 (en) 2023-03-06
JPWO2020184244A1 (en) 2021-12-02
WO2020184244A1 (en) 2020-09-17
KR20210110649A (en) 2021-09-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI803685B (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW202140656A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW201912729A (en) Structure, method for producing structure, composition for forming absorbent layer, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020009015A1 (en) Curable composition, film, near infrared cut-off filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, and camera module
TW202216913A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
TW202130746A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP2023055728A (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and polymer compound
JP2024014989A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7233518B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
JP2024012409A (en) Colored photosensitive composition, cured product, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and asymmetric diketopyrrolopyrrole compound
JP7080325B2 (en) Curable composition, film, color filter, manufacturing method of color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TW202132476A (en) Coloring composition, film, red pixel, color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display apparatus, and kit
WO2020184245A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202006080A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202104300A (en) Curable composition, cured material, color filter,solid-state image sensor, and image display device
TW202104190A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter and solid-state imaging device
TW202022054A (en) Coloring composition, film, method for producing color filter, color filter, solid state imaging device and image display device
TW202028378A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, structure, solid imaging element, and image display device
TW202010758A (en) Curable composition, production method for curable composition, film, color filter, production method for color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2020158594A1 (en) Curable composition, film, structure, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202108703A (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2022024970A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
TW202115138A (en) Resin, curable composition, cured material, color filter,solid-state imaging element, image display device, and high molecular compound
TW202130745A (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
TW202142627A (en) Magenta photosensitive resin composition, film, color filter, solid-state image sensor and visual display unit